PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-12061755-B1
Application Number: US-202318373190-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B1

Title: User interface for displaying and managing widgets

Abstract:
The present disclosure generally relates to displaying widgets, managing widgets, and navigating user interfaces.

Claims:
What is claimed is: 
     
       1. A computer system configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, comprising:
 one or more processors; and 
 memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; 
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and 
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with the determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is the second magnitude and prior to displaying the application launcher user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of one or more widgets. 
 
 
     
     
       3. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices and wherein the application launcher user interface includes a first set of one or more graphical objects corresponding to a set of one or more applications, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting the input corresponding to the respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface for a respective application corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       4. The computer system of  claim 3 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface that includes the first set of one or more graphical objects, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and 
 in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling the application launcher user interface, wherein scrolling the application launcher user interface includes displaying a second set of one or more graphical objects different from the first set of one or more graphical objects. 
 
     
     
       5. The computer system of  claim 1 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first press input; and 
 in response to detecting the first press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the application launcher user interface. 
 
     
     
       6. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the first rotational input is in a first direction, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a third rotational input in a direction that is opposite the first direction; and 
 in response to detecting the third rotational input, displaying, via the display generation component, a first system user interface, wherein the first system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widgets. 
 
     
     
       7. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the first system user interface includes a set of one or more received notifications. 
     
     
       8. The computer system of  claim 6 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second press input; and 
 in response to detecting the second press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       9. The computer system of  claim 6 , wherein the computer system includes a physical button, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a third press input; and 
 in response to detecting the third press input, displaying, via the display generation component, a second system user interface, wherein the second system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface, does not include the set of one or more widgets, and is different from the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       10. The computer system of  claim 9 , wherein the second system user interface includes a set of one or more graphical objects that, when activated, initiate a process to modify a setting of the computer system, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the second system user interface, detecting activation of a respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting activation of the respective graphical object, initiating a process to modify a respective system setting corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       11. The computer system of  claim 9 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a fourth press input; and 
 in response to detecting the fourth press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the second system user interface. 
 
     
     
       12. The computer system of  claim 1 , wherein the set of one or more widgets includes a widget that includes one or more complications of a set of complications. 
     
     
       13. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface 
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and 
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
 
 
     
     
       14. A method, comprising:
 at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; 
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and 
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
 
 
 
     
     
       15. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 13 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with the determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is the second magnitude and prior to displaying the application launcher user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of one or more widgets. 
 
 
     
     
       16. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 13 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices and wherein the application launcher user interface includes a first set of one or more graphical objects corresponding to a set of one or more applications, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting the input corresponding to the respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface for a respective application corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       17. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 16 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface that includes the first set of one or more graphical objects, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and 
 in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling the application launcher user interface, wherein scrolling the application launcher user interface includes displaying a second set of one or more graphical objects different from the first set of one or more graphical objects. 
 
     
     
       18. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 13 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first press input; and 
 in response to detecting the first press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the application launcher user interface. 
 
     
     
       19. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 13 , wherein the first rotational input is in a first direction, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a third rotational input in a direction that is opposite the first direction; and 
 in response to detecting the third rotational input, displaying, via the display generation component, a first system user interface, wherein the first system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widgets. 
 
     
     
       20. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 19 , wherein the first system user interface includes a set of one or more received notifications. 
     
     
       21. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 19 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second press input; and 
 in response to detecting the second press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       22. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 19 , wherein the computer system includes a physical button, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a third press input; and 
 in response to detecting the third press input, displaying, via the display generation component, a second system user interface, wherein the second system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface, does not include the set of one or more widgets, and is different from the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       23. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 22 , wherein the second system user interface includes a set of one or more graphical objects that, when activated, initiate a process to modify a setting of the computer system, the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the second system user interface, detecting activation of a respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting activation of the respective graphical object, initiating a process to modify a respective system setting corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       24. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 22 , the one or more programs further including instructions for:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a fourth press input; and 
 in response to detecting the fourth press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the second system user interface. 
 
     
     
       25. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of  claim 13 , wherein the set of one or more widgets includes a widget that includes one or more complications of a set of complications. 
     
     
       26. The method of  claim 14 , further comprising:
 in response to detecting the first rotational input:
 in accordance with the determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is the second magnitude and prior to displaying the application launcher user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of one or more widgets. 
 
 
     
     
       27. The method of  claim 14 , wherein the computer system is in communication with one or more input devices and wherein the application launcher user interface includes a first set of one or more graphical objects corresponding to a set of one or more applications, the method further comprising:
 detecting, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting the input corresponding to the respective graphical object of the first set of one or more graphical objects, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface for a respective application corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       28. The method of  claim 27 , further comprising:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface that includes the first set of one or more graphical objects, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and 
 in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling the application launcher user interface, wherein scrolling the application launcher user interface includes displaying a second set of one or more graphical objects different from the first set of one or more graphical objects. 
 
     
     
       29. The method of  claim 14 , further comprising:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first press input; and 
 in response to detecting the first press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the application launcher user interface. 
 
     
     
       30. The method of  claim 14 , wherein the first rotational input is in a first direction, the method further comprising:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a third rotational input in a direction that is opposite the first direction; and 
 in response to detecting the third rotational input, displaying, via the display generation component, a first system user interface, wherein the first system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widgets. 
 
     
     
       31. The method of  claim 30 , wherein the first system user interface includes a set of one or more received notifications. 
     
     
       32. The method of  claim 30 , further comprising:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second press input; and 
 in response to detecting the second press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       33. The method of  claim 30 , wherein the computer system includes a physical button, the method further comprising:
 while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a third press input; and 
 in response to detecting the third press input, displaying, via the display generation component, a second system user interface, wherein the second system user interface is different from the application launcher user interface, does not include the set of one or more widgets, and is different from the first system user interface. 
 
     
     
       34. The method of  claim 33 , wherein the second system user interface includes a set of one or more graphical objects that, when activated, initiate a process to modify a setting of the computer system, the method further comprising:
 while displaying the second system user interface, detecting activation of a respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects; and 
 in response to detecting activation of the respective graphical object, initiating a process to modify a respective system setting corresponding to the respective graphical object. 
 
     
     
       35. The method of  claim 33 , further comprising:
 while displaying the application launcher user interface, detecting, via the physical button, a fourth press input; and 
 in response to detecting the fourth press input, displaying, via the display generation component, the second system user interface. 
 
     
     
       36. The method of  claim 14 , wherein the set of one or more widgets includes a widget that includes one or more complications of a set of complications.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 63/463,065, entitled “WIDGET USER INTERFACE,” filed Apr. 30, 2023, U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 63/464,521, entitled “USER INTERFACE FOR DISPLAYING AND MANAGING WIDGETS,” filed May 5, 2023, and U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 63/470,442, entitled “USER INTERFACE FOR DISPLAYING AND MANAGING WIDGETS,” filed Jun. 1, 2023, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
    
    
     FIELD 
     The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to techniques for displaying and managing widgets. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Widgets are graphical elements or user interface components used to display information or enable user interaction with an application. Widgets improve a user interface by making the user interface more user-friendly and intuitive. By providing a visual representation of various functions and/or features of an application(s), widgets make it easier for a user to navigate the user interface and the available application(s). Widgets also help to save time and increase productivity by providing quick and easy access to commonly used functions, data, and/or applications. 
     BRIEF SUMMARY 
     Some techniques for displaying and managing widgets using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, some existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple key presses or keystrokes. Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 
     Accordingly, the present technique provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and managing widgets. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for displaying and managing widgets. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. Additionally, such methods and interfaces allow for quick access to relevant information and, as a result, reduce the number of unnecessary/redundant inputs needed to access the relevant information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system that configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; means for, while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; means for, in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; means for, subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; means for, while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and means for, in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In some embodiments, a computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first wake screen user interface; while displaying the first wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; in response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets; subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface that is different from the first wake screen user interface; while displaying the second wake screen user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input of the first type; and in response to detecting the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The computer system includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system that configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The computer system includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; means for, while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and means for, in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In some embodiments, a computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface; while displaying the time user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input with a respective magnitude; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets; and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, displaying, via the display generation component, an application launcher user interface that includes one or more graphical objects for launching one or more applications. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The method comprises: while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The computer system includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system that configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The computer system includes: means for, while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and means for, in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In some embodiments, a computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a time user interface: detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a rotational input; and in response to detecting the rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input was detected by the computer system within a time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface; and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method is performed at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. The method comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system that is configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system includes one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In some embodiments, a computer system that configured to communicate with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The computer system includes: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; means for, while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and means for, in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: means for, in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and means for, in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In some embodiments, a computer program product, comprising one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices is described. The one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface; while displaying the respective user interface, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input of a first type; and in response to detecting the first input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of widgets, including one or more contextually selected widgets, wherein displaying the set of widgets includes: in accordance with a determination that a first widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the first widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets; and in accordance with a determination that a second widget was selected to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the second widget in the set of widgets along with the one or more contextually selected widgets. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism: displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; in response to detecting the first rotational input, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; in response to detecting the first rotational input, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; in response to detecting the first rotational input, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The computer system comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; in response to detecting the first rotational input, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The computer system comprises: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; means, while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, for detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; means, responsive to detecting the first rotational input, for replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; means, while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, for detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and means, responsive to detecting the second rotational input, for scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first page of a plurality of pages; while displaying the first page of the plurality of pages, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; in response to detecting the first rotational input, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page of the plurality of pages with a second page of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position; while displaying the second page at the first scroll position, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a second rotational input; and in response to detecting the second rotational input, scrolling, via the display generation component, the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position that is different from the first scroll position. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component: displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component. The computer system comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component. The computer system comprises: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; means, while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, for receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and means, responsive to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, for displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component, the one or more programs including instructions for: displaying, via the display generation component, a first view of an application that includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object displayed at a second location and with a second size, wherein: the first user interface object includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; the second user interface object includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application; and the second information is different from the first information; while displaying the first view with the first user interface object displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object displayed at the second location and with the second size, receiving a request to transition from the first view to a second view that is different from the first view; and in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view, displaying, via the display generation component, the second view, including: shifting the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object; and resizing the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object, wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information, and the second user interface object includes the second information. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a method is described. The method comprises: at a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism: while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium is described. The transitory computer-readable storage medium stores one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The computer system comprises: one or more processors; and memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer system is described. The computer system is configured to communicate with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism. The computer system comprises: means, while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, for detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and means, responsive to detecting the first rotational input, for: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, a computer program product is described. The computer program product comprises one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system that is in communication with a display generation component and a rotatable input mechanism, the one or more programs including instructions for: while displaying, via the display generation component, a respective user interface, detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism, a first rotational input; and in response to detecting the first rotational input: in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application, performing a first operation that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application; and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application, performing a second operation, different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of the first rotational input, while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application. 
     Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and managing widgets, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for displaying and managing widgets. 
    
    
     
       DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 BO  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and/or managing widgets. 
         FIG.  7    is a flow diagram of a method for displaying the same set of widgets from different interfaces. 
         FIG.  8    is a flow diagram of a method for displaying an application launch interface and/or a set of widgets. 
         FIG.  9    is a flow diagram of a method for interacting with various time interfaces. 
         FIG.  10    is a flow diagram of a method for determining which widgets to display. 
         FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating user interfaces. 
         FIG.  12    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different pages, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  13    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different views, in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  14 A- 14 H  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating through data. 
         FIG.  15    is a flow diagram for a method of navigating through data, in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for displaying and managing widgets. In particular, there is a need for the computer system to provide access to relevant widgets directly from a watch face; to display relevant widgets based on predetermined criteria, and to allow for the modification of the widget(s). Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who displaying and managing widgets, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Below,  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 ,  3 ,  4 A- 4 B, and  5 A- 5 B  provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for managing event notifications.  FIGS.  6 A- 6 BO  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for managing event notifications.  FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying widgets from different wake screens.  FIG.  8    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying widgets and/or application launch icons.  FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of displaying widgets and/or performing an operation on a time interface.  FIG.  10    is a flow diagram illustrating methods of determining which widgets to display. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 BO  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  7 - 10   .  FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating user interfaces.  FIG.  12    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different pages, in accordance with some embodiments.  FIG.  13    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different views, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  12 - 13   .  FIGS.  14 A- 14 H  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating through data.  FIG.  15    is a flow diagram for a method of navigating through data, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 H  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIG.  15   . 
     The processes described below enhance the operability of the devices and make the user-device interfaces more efficient (e.g., by helping the user to provide proper inputs and reducing user mistakes when operating/interacting with the device) through various techniques, including by providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs needed to perform an operation, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls, performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further user input, and/or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve battery life of the device by enabling the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed. 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. In some embodiments, these terms are used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are two separate references to the same touch. In some embodiments, the first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)) and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.1 in, and/or IEEE 802.1 lac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , depth camera controller  169 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures and/or air gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. In some embodiments, an air gesture is a gesture that is detected without the user touching an input element that is part of the device (or independently of an input element that is a part of the device) and is based on detected motion of a portion of the user&#39;s body through the air including motion of the user&#39;s body relative to an absolute reference (e.g., an angle of the user&#39;s arm relative to the ground or a distance of the user&#39;s hand relative to the ground), relative to another portion of the user&#39;s body (e.g., movement of a hand of the user relative to a shoulder of the user, movement of one hand of the user relative to another hand of the user, and/or movement of a finger of the user relative to another finger or portion of a hand of the user), and/or absolute motion of a portion of the user&#39;s body (e.g., a tap gesture that includes movement of a hand in a predetermined pose by a predetermined amount and/or speed, or a shake gesture that includes a predetermined speed or amount of rotation of a portion of the user&#39;s body). 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more depth camera sensors  175 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a depth camera sensor coupled to depth camera controller  169  in I/O subsystem  106 . Depth camera sensor  175  receives data from the environment to create a three dimensional model of an object (e.g., a face) within a scene from a viewpoint (e.g., a depth camera sensor). In some embodiments, in conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), depth camera sensor  175  is optionally used to determine a depth map of different portions of an image captured by the imaging module  143 . In some embodiments, a depth camera sensor is located on the front of device  100  so that the user&#39;s image with depth information is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display and to capture selfies with depth map data. In some embodiments, the depth camera sensor  175  is located on the back of device, or on the back and the front of the device  100 . In some embodiments, the position of depth camera sensor  175  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a depth camera sensor  175  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo!Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (e.g.,  187 - 1  and/or  187 - 2 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definitions  186  include a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG.  3    is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or computer programs (e.g., sets of instructions or including instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs (such as computer programs (e.g., including instructions)), procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG.  4 A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4 B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 B,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS.  1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG.  5 B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1   , and  3 . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes  700 - 1000 ,  1200 - 1300 , and  1500  ( FIGS.  7 - 10 ,  12 - 13 , and  15   ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG.  4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 BO  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for displaying and editing widgets, in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  7 - 10   . 
       FIG.  6 A  depicts computer system  600  with display  602 , crown  604 , and button  605 . Computer system  600  displays watch face  606 A that includes representation of time  608 A and complications  610 A and  610 B. Watch face  606 A includes representation of time  608 A as an analog representation of the current time and includes a representation of a user&#39;s fitness activities in the background of the analog representation. Watch face  606 A further includes representation of current day  613 A. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects an input on complication  610 A and displays an application that corresponds to complication  610 A. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects an input on complication  610 B and displays a different application that corresponds to complication  610 B. In  FIG.  6 A , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 A for transitioning to a widget interface and computer system  600  also detects input  612 A 1  for transitioning to the widget interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 B , in response to detecting rotational input  612 A, computer system  600  displays animated transitional interface  616  while transitioning to widget user interface  618 A in  FIG.  6 C . Computer system  600  also displays animated transitional interface  616  while transitioning to widget user interface  618 A in  FIG.  6 C  in response to detecting swipe input  612 A 1  that starts at a respective edge of display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays animated transitional interface  616  while transitioning to widget user interface  618 A in  FIG.  6 C  in response to detecting swipe input  612 A 1  that starts away from the respective edge (e.g., non-edge portion) of display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  continues to detect swipe input  612 A 1  in  FIG.  6 B  while displaying animated transitional interface  616 . Animated transitional interface  616  includes representations of graphical elements that were displayed on watch face  606 A in  FIG.  6 A . Animated transitional interface  616  includes representation of time  608 B that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 A displayed in  FIG.  6 A . Computer system  600  further displays representation of time  608 B with a translucency that is different from the translucency of representation of time  608 A. In some embodiments, representation of time  608 B is displayed with the same level of translucency as representation of time  608 A. Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 B that includes a textual representation of the current date in the same typeface as the representation of current day  613 A in  FIG.  6 A . Animated transitional interface  616  further includes widget  614 A that is partially displayed and is partially translucent. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays widget  614 A as fully opaque while it is displayed in animated transitional interface  616 . In some embodiments, various graphical elements (e.g.,  608 B,  612 B, and/or  614 A) displayed in animated transitional interface  616  animatedly move on the animated transitional interface  616  as computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input. In some embodiments, widget  614 A animatedly slides onto display  602  as computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 A in  FIG.  6 A . In some embodiments, representation of time  608 B animatedly becomes smaller (or larger) and/or changes position as computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 A in  FIG.  6 A . In  FIG.  6 B , computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 B for transitioning to a widget interface. In some embodiments, in response to computer system  600  detecting completion (e.g., termination and/or break) of swipe gesture  612 A 1  or rotational input  612 A before a threshold amount (e.g., a quarter, half, and or/less than whole) of animated transitional interface  616  is displayed, computer system  600  ceases to display animated transitional interface  616  and redisplays the previously displayed watch face  606 A. In some embodiments, in response to computer system  600  detecting a magnitude (e.g., velocity, displacement, and/or distance) of swipe gesture  612 A 1  or rotational input  612 A being below a threshold amount of magnitude, computer system  600  displays a portion of animated transitional interface  616  without displaying widget user interface  618 A in  FIG.  6 C . In some embodiments, in response to computer system  600  detecting a magnitude (e.g., velocity, displacement, and/or distance) of swipe gesture  612 A 1  or rotational input  612 A being below a threshold amount of magnitude, computer system  600  ceases to display animated transitional interface  616  and redisplays the previously displayed watch face  606 A. 
     In  FIG.  6 C , in response to detecting rotational input  612 B, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 A. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 A in response to detecting rotational input  612 A, without detecting rotational input  612 B. Widget user interface  618 A includes representation of time  608 C that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 A displayed in  FIG.  6 A . In some embodiments, representation of time  608 C is a smaller version of representation of time  608 B displayed in  FIG.  6 B . Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 C that includes a representation of the current date in the same typeface as representation of current day  613 A in  FIG.  6 A . Widget user interface  618 A further includes widgets  614 A,  614 B, and  614 C. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 A,  614 B, and  614 C in a stack such that widget  614 A is fully visible, widget  614 B is under widget  614 A and is partially visible, and widget  614 C is under widgets  614 A and  614 B and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays the respective widgets from the set of widgets with a consistent (e.g., same and/uniform) size. In some embodiments, computer system  600  varies the size(s) (e.g., horizontal and/or vertical) of the respective widget(s) (e.g., one and/or a plurality of widgets within the set of widgets are displayed with different sizes) in the set of widgets based on predetermined criteria (e.g., frequency of access, widget status (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned), context criteria (e.g. time, location, battery health, and/or notification from an application corresponding to computer system  600 ), and/or user selected preference). 
     In  FIG.  6 C , widget  614 A is as contextual widget selected for inclusion in the set of widgets by computer system  600 . Widgets  614 B and  614 C are non-contextual widgets (e.g., user selected) that were not selected (e.g., automatically) by computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  selects widget  614 A to be included in the set of widgets, because data (e.g., calendar data) corresponding to widget  614 A meets a predetermined criteria (e.g., calendar appointment is today). In some embodiments, widget  614 A is a non-contextual widget. In some embodiments, widget  614 A was added to the set of widgets via user input (e.g., not a contextual widget selected by computer system  600 ). In some embodiments, widgets  614 C and  614 C are contextual widgets. In some embodiments, contextual widgets are added to a set of widgets automatically (e.g., without user input) based on a predetermined criteria (e.g., location of the computer system  600 , current time, network connectivity status, status of ongoing live session, and/or battery charge). In some embodiments, computer system  600  changes a status of a non-contextual widget in the set of widgets to a contextual widget based on a predetermined criteria (e.g., location of the computer system  600 , current time, network connectivity status, status of ongoing live session, and/or battery charge). In some embodiments, changing a non-contextual widget to a contextual widget causes the order of the respective widget to change within the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  changes a contextual widget in the set of widgets to a non-contextual widget (e.g., via a pinning process and/or other user input). In some embodiments, changing a contextual widget to a non-contextual widget causes the order of the respective widget to change within the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 A and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  displays a respective application (e.g., a calendar application), which corresponds to widget  614 A. In  FIG.  6 C , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 C for scrolling the widget interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 D , in response to detecting rotational input  612 C, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 A. Scroll widget interface  616 A includes widgets  614 A,  614 B, and  614 C. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays, in scroll widget user interface  616 A, a respective set of widgets that were displayed in  FIG.  6 C , but the respective set of widgets are no longer displayed as a stack. Moreover, at least widget  614 A and widget  614 B are fully visible on display  602  and widget  614 C is at least partially displayed on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 A further includes graphical object  619  that indicates the end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 A and  614 B are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 D and  614 E are scrolled on to display  602 . In  FIG.  6 D , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 D to scroll the respective set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a rotational input (e.g., a continuous rotation that includes  612 A,  612 B, and  612 C) and, in response, transitions among the user interfaces illustrated in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 D . 
     In  FIG.  6 E , in response to detecting rotational input  612 D, computer system  600  displays widget  614 E scrolling off display  602  and computer system  600  changes the translucence of widget  614 E as widget  614 E scrolls off display  602 . Moreover, in  FIG.  6 E , computer system  600  displays an animated transition of graphical object  619  in  FIG.  6 D  into a respective set of application icons that include application icons  620 A,  620 B, and  620 C. Computer system  600  gradually changes the translucence of application icons  620 A,  620 B, and  620 C as computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 D. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays the respective set of application icons at an increasingly larger size as computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 D. In  FIG.  6 E , computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 E. 
     In  FIG.  6 F , in response to continuing to detect rotational input  612 E, computer system  600  displays app launcher interface  622 . App launcher interface  622  includes application icons  620 A,  620 B, and  620 C. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a respective input  612 F 1  to select application icon  620 B (e.g., an application icon corresponding to the mail application). In response to detecting the respective input  612 F 1 , computer system  600  displays the mail application corresponding application icon  620 B. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects an additional respective input to select one of application icons  620 A and  620 C, and in response to detecting the respective input, computer system  600  displays a respective application corresponding the selected one of application icons  620 A, and  620 C. In  FIG.  6 F , computer system  600  displays application icon  620 B at a larger size than application icons  620 A and  620 C, because application icon  620 B is located in a substantially central position on display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a respective set of application icons closer to an edge of display  602  at a smaller size than application icons further away from the edge of display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays each application icon in the same row of application icons at a substantially same size. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays each application icon in the same row of application icons at different sizes. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a first respective set of application icons closest to a first edge (e.g., left, right, top, or) bottom of display  602  at a smaller size than a second respective set of application icons closest to a second (e.g., opposite) edge of display  602 . In  FIG.  6 F , computer system  600  detects depress input  612 F for displaying the last displayed watch face (e.g., watch face  606 A in  FIG.  6 A ). In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a rotational input (e.g., a continuous rotation that includes  612 A- 612 E) and, in response, transitions among the user interfaces illustrated in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 F . In some embodiments, app launcher interface  622  is scrollable in a first axis (e.g., horizontal and/or vertical) and not scrollable in a second axis (e.g., horizontal and/or vertical) different from the first axis. 
     In  FIG.  6 G , in response to detecting swipe input  612 G, computer system  600  changes the currently selected watch face  606 A to the next watch face (e.g., different from the presently displayed watch face) in a list of watch faces. In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which watch face to display (e.g., change to) based on a direction (e.g., left/right and/or up/down) of swipe input  612 G. In some embodiments, computer system  600  changes the watch face in response to detecting a tap input, long press input, hand gesture, and/or air gesture. 
     In  FIG.  6 H , computer system  600  displays watch face  606 B in response to detecting swipe input  612 G in  FIG.  6 G . Watch face  606 B includes representation of current day  613 E.  FIG.  6 H  further depicts rotational input  612 E and input (e.g., depression of crown  604 )  612 I. In response to detecting input  612 I, computer system  600  displays app launcher interface  622 , as shown in  FIG.  6 F . In response to detecting rotational input  612 H, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 B as shown in  FIG.  6 F . 
     In  FIG.  6 I , in response to detecting input  612 H, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 B that includes representation of time  608 E that is a based on (e.g., visually and/or contextually) representation of time  608 D displayed in  FIG.  6 H . In some embodiments, representation of time  608 E is a smaller version of representation of time  608 D displayed in  FIG.  6 H . Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 F that includes a representation of the current date in the same typeface as representation of current day  613 E in  FIG.  6 H . In  FIG.  6 I , computer system  600  detects long press input  612 J (e.g., a touch and hold for more than a threshold duration of time) for entering an editing mode for the respective set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  enters the editing mode in response to detecting a tap input, swipe input, hand gesture, and/or air gesture. 
     In  FIG.  6 J , in response to detecting long press input  612 J, computer system  600  displays widget editing interface  626 . Widget editing interface  626  includes add graphical object  628  for adding additional widgets to the set of widgets (e.g., list of widgets, stack of widget, and/or collection of widgets). Widget editing interface  626  also includes done (e.g., “DONE”) graphical object  630 , that when activated (e.g., selected and/or acted upon), initiates a process for saving changes to editing interface  626  and returning to (e.g., displaying) the respective interface that was displayed just prior to receiving input  612 J in  FIG.  6 I . In some embodiments, done (e.g., “DONE”) graphical object  630 , when activated, initiates a process for saving changes to editing interface  626  and returning to (e.g., displaying) a respective watch face user interface (e.g.,  606 A or  606 B). 
     Furthermore, widget editing interface  626  includes delete graphical objects  632 A and  632 B for deleting a respective widget corresponding to graphical objects  632 A and  632 B. Widget editing interface includes pin graphical objects  634 A and  634 B for pinning a respective widget corresponding to respective pin graphical objects  634 A and  634 B to the top of the set of widgets. Because pin graphical objects  634 A and  634 B are in the unpinned state, and hence widgets  614 A and  614 B are in the unpinned state, respectively, computer system  600  displays pin graphical objects  634 A and  634 B with a first visual appearance (e.g., with a representation of a pin pointing up, with the graphical object being unfilled and/or shaded/not shaded, and/or with a graphical representation (e.g., icon and/or symbol) that indicates the respective widget is in the unpinned state). In  FIG.  6 J , computer system  600  detects input  612 K (e.g., tap and/or long-press) directed to pin graphical objects  634 B. In response to detecting input  612 K, computer system  600  changes the state of widget  614 B from the unpinned state to the pinned state. 
     In  FIG.  6 K , in response to detecting input  612 K, computer system  600  displays widget  614 B in the pinned state. Because widget  614 B is in the pinned state, computer system  600  displays corresponding pin graphical objects  634 B with a different visual appearance (e.g., different icon/symbol, different shading, and/or different position of the icon/symbol) than in  FIG.  6 J  when widget  614 B was in the unpinned state. Because the pin state of widget  614 A did not change, computer system  600  displays corresponding pin graphical objects  634 A with the same visual appearance (e.g., same icon/symbol, same shading, and/or same position of the icon/symbol) as in  FIG.  6 J  when widget  614 A was in the unpinned state. Furthermore, computer system  600  display respective pinned widgets (e.g., widget  614 B) under pinned (e.g., “PINNED”) graphical object  636 A and displays respective unpinned widgets (e.g., widget  614 A) under unpinned (e.g., “UNPINNED”) graphical object  636 B. In some embodiments, in response to a change in a respective pin state for a respective widget (e.g., widget  614 B), computer system  600  displays the respective pinned widget (e.g.,  614 B) at a top of the widget regardless of the pin state of other widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not display pinned (e.g., “PINNED”) graphical object  636 A and unpinned (e.g., “UNPINNED”) graphical object  636 B, and computer system  600  displays respective widgets in the pinned state above/below respective widgets in the unpinned state (e.g., respective widgets in the pinned state are displayed at the top or the bottom of the widget list). In  FIG.  6 K , computer system  600  detects input  612 L (e.g., tap and/or long-press) directed to pin graphical objects  634 A. In response to detecting input  612 L, computer system  600  changes the state of widget  614 A from the unpinned state to the pinned state. 
     In  FIG.  6 L , in response to detecting input  612 L, computer system  600  displays widget  614 A in the pinned state. Because widget  614 A is in the pinned state, computer system  600  displays corresponding pin graphical objects  634 A with a different visual appearance (e.g., different icon/symbol, different shading, and/or different position of the icon/symbol) than in  FIG.  6 J  and  FIG.  6 K  when widget  614 A was in the unpinned state. Furthermore, computer system  600  display respective pinned widgets (e.g., widget  614 A and widget  614 B) under pinned (e.g., “PINNED”) graphical object  636 A and displays respective widgets in the unpinned state under unpinned (e.g., “UNPINNED”) graphical object  636 B. In some embodiments, while the respective widgets in the unpinned state are not displayed (e.g., not visible or partially visible), computer system  600  detects a scroll input (e.g., rotational and/or swipe). In response to detecting the scroll input, computer system scrolls widget editing interface  626  to display respective widgets in the unpinned state under unpinned (e.g., “UNPINNED”) graphical object  636 B. Furthermore, computer system  600  displays widget  614 A above widget  614 B (e.g., based on the recency of the pin status change). Computer system  600  displays the most recently pinned widget  614 A above other (e.g., all other) pinned widgets  614 B. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays the most recently pinned widget  614 A below other pinned widgets  614 B (e.g., below a plurality of other pinned widgets, or below all other pinned widgets), but above respective widgets in the unpinned state. In  FIG.  6 L , computer system  600  detects a drag input  612 M to rearrange the list of displayed widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 M , in response to detecting drag input  612 M, computer system  600  displays widget  614 B being repositioned (e.g., dragged) on display  602 . The position of widget  614 B corresponds to the movement of input  612 M such that as the position of input  612 M changes (e.g., while a user is dragging their finger), the position of widget  614 B on display  602  changes to correspond movement of input  612 M. While widget  614 B is being repositioned, widget  614 B is displayed above (e.g., on top of and/or covering) widget  614 A. In some embodiments, while widget  614 B is being repositioned, widget  614 B is displayed below (e.g., under and/or hidden by) widget  614 A. 
     In  FIG.  6 N , in response to detecting that widget  614 B is positioned (e.g., dragged and/or moved) at a location on display  602  that is above or at least half-way past (e.g., a predetermined amount past) widget  614 A and in response to detecting completion (e.g., liftoff) of drag input  612 M, computer system  600  displays the sets of widgets in a different order than the order in  FIG.  6 L  and displays widget  614 B above widget  614 A. In  FIG.  6 L , in response to detecting swipe input  612 O and/or rotational input  612 N, via crown  604 , computer system  600  initiates scrolling the set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 O , in response to detecting swipe input  612 O and/or rotational input  612 N, computer system  600  scrolls pined widget  614 A and  614 B off display  602  and scrolls unpinned widgets  614 C and  614 D onto display  602 . Computer system  600  continues to display (e.g., does not move and/or scroll) add graphical object  628  and done graphical object  630  at the same location on display  602 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting swipe input  612 O and/or rotational input  612 N, computer system  600  scrolls add graphical object  628  and done graphical object  630  off display  602 . 
     In  FIG.  6 O , widgets  614 A and  614 B include delete graphical objects  632 C and  632 D, respectively, for deleting the respective widget from the set of widgets. Widgets  614 A and  614 B include pin graphical objects  634 C and  634 D, respectively, for changing the pin status of the respective widget. Because not enough space is available to fully display widget  614 E, computer system  600  displays a portion (e.g., less that whole) of widget  614 E under widget  614 D to provide an indication that additional widgets are present in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects additional swipe input and/or rotational input to fully display widget  614 E. In  FIG.  6 O , computer system  600  detects input  612 P (e.g., tap or long press) directed to delete graphical object  632 D that corresponds to widget  614 D to initiate a process to delete widget  614 D from the set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 P , in response to input  612 P, computer system  600  ceases to display (e.g., deletes from the set of widgets) widget  614 D and displays widget  614 E in its place. Widget  614 E is a multi-complication widget that includes three complication spaces  614 EA,  614 EB, and  614 EC. Computer system  600  displays an icon (e.g., graphical representation and/or symbol) corresponding to complication  638 A within complication space  614 EA. Because no complication is currently chosen (e.g., selected and/or picked) for complications spaces  614 EB and  614 EC, computer system  600  displays an icon/symbol (e.g., “+”) to indicated that a respective complication can be added to complication space  614 EB and/or  614 EC. In some embodiments, multi-complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) includes more/less than three complication spaces for complications. In  FIG.  6 P , computer system  600  detects input  612 Q 1  corresponding to (e.g., directed to) add graphical object  628 D for adding a widget to the set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 Q , in response to detecting input  612 Q 1 , computer system  600  displays widget selection interface  640 . Widget selection interface  640  includes featured widgets section that includes widget  614 F,  614 G, and  614 H′. In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which widget(s) to display and/or the widget order in the featured section based on a set of one or more predetermined criteria (e.g., frequency of usage, recency of installation of a corresponding application, and/or environmental factors). In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which widgets to display and/or the widget order in the featured section based on frequency of usage of an application corresponding to the respective widget. For example, a widget corresponding to an application that is most frequently used will be displayed at the top of the list. In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which widgets to display and/or the widget order in the featured section based on environmental factors (e.g., time of day, location, weather, time of year, and/or noise level) of computer system  600 . For example, a widget corresponding to an alarm may be displayed at the top of the list in the evening. As another example, computer system  600  will display a widget corresponding to a flight status toward the top of the list in accordance with a determination that a present location of computer system  600  corresponds to an airport location. In some embodiments, the featured widgets portion of the widget selection interface  640  does not include the “FEATURED” label/icon or another icon/label to designate the featured portion of widget selection interface  640 . In some embodiments, the featured widgets portion of the widget selection interface  640  includes a label, icon, and or symbol to indicate that the selected widgets are featured (e.g., predetermined based on criteria). 
     Widget selection interface  640  further includes categories menu  642  and all widgets graphical object  644 . In some embodiment, computer system  600  displays a predetermined number of widgets within the featured section and the remaining widgets for adding/selection can be accessed either via categories menu  642  and/or all widgets graphical object  644 . In some embodiments, categories menu  642  includes multiple (e.g., two, three, five, or ten) different categories corresponding to various widget categories. In some embodiment, in response to computer system  600  detecting an input to select (e.g., directed to), one of the widget categories in categories menu  642 , computer system  600  displays the respective selectable widgets within the selected widget category. In some embodiment, in response to computer system  600  detecting an input to select (e.g., directed to) all widgets graphical object  644 , computer system  600  displays a scrollable list of all respective selectable widgets that can be added to the set of widgets. In some embodiments, all respective selectable widgets include featured widgets  614 F,  614 G, and  614 H′. In  FIG.  6 Q , computer system  600  detects input  612 R (e.g., tap and/or long press) directed widget  614 F. 
     In  FIG.  6 R , in response to detecting input  612 R, computer system  600  displays (e.g., redisplays) widget editing interface  626 . Because widget  614 F was selected in  FIG.  6 Q , computer system  600  displays widget  614 F at the top of the unpinned portion of widget editing interface  626  and computer system  600  displays widget  614 C below widget  614 F. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays added widgets at the bottom (e.g., end of the list) of the unpinned portion of widget editing interface  626 . In  FIG.  6 R , computer system  600  detects clockwise rotational input  612 Q 2 . 
     In  FIG.  6 S , in response to detecting clockwise rotational input  612 Q 2 , computer system  600  scrolls the set of widgets in widget editing interface  626  and displays widget  614 E at the end of the set of widgets in widget editing interface  626 . In some embodiments, the widgets scroll in the direction of the input. In  FIG.  6 S , computer system  600  detects input  612 R′ (e.g., tap and/or long press) directed to (e.g., corresponding to) complication space  614 EB for adding a complication to complication space  614 EB. 
     In  FIG.  6 T , in response to detecting input  612 R, computer system  600  displays complication selection interface  646 . Complication selection interface  646  includes featured complication section that includes complications  638 A,  638 B,  638 C,  638 D,  638 E, and/or  638 EE. In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which complication(s) to display and/or the complication order in the featured section based on a set of one or more predetermined criteria (e.g., frequency of usage, recency of installation of a corresponding application, and/or environmental factors). In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which complication(s) to display and/or the complication(s) order in the featured section based on frequency of usage of an application corresponding to the respective complication. For example, a complication corresponding to an application that is most frequently used will be displayed at the top of the list. In some embodiments, computer system  600  determines which complication(s) to display and/or the complication(s) order in the featured section based on environmental factors (e.g., time of day, location, weather, time of year, and/or noise level) of computer system  600 . For example, a complication corresponding to an alarm may be displayed at the top of the list in the evening as that is time when computer system  600  determines the alarm application is regularly accessed. As another example, computer system  600  displays a complication corresponding to a fitness status toward the top of the list in accordance with a determination that a user of computer system  600  is currently engaged in a workout or was recently engaged in a workout. In some embodiments, the featured complication portion of the complication selection interface  646  does not include the “FEATURED” label/icon or another icon/label to designate the featured portion of complication selection interface  646 . In some embodiments, the featured complication portion of the complication selection interface  646  includes a label, icon, and or symbol to indicate that the selected complications(s) are featured (e.g., predetermined based on criteria). 
     Complication selection interface  646  further includes complication that are not featured complications, complications  638 F,  638 G, and/or  638 H. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a rotational input and/or a swipe input to scroll the list of complications and to display additional complications under the “ALL” complications category. In some embodiments, complication selection interface  646  further includes an all-complication graphical object, that when selected, initiates the display of all (e.g., a scrollable user interface that includes all) available complications. In  FIG.  6 T , computer system  600  detects input  612 S (e.g., tap and/or long press) for selecting complication  638 E. 
     In  FIG.  6 U , in response to detecting input  612 S, computer system  600  displays (e.g., redisplays) widget editing interface  626 . Because complication  638 E was selected in  FIG.  6 T , computer system  600  displays complication  638 E in complication space  614 EB. In  FIG.  6 U , computer system  600  detects input  612 T (e.g., tap and/or long press) directed to done graphical object  630 . 
     In  FIG.  6 V , in response to detecting input  612 T, computer system  600  saves the edits and/or changes to the set of widgets that were made in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 U  and displays scroll widget user interface  616 B. Because the widgets in the set of widgets have been edited (e.g., changed) (as depicted in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 U ), the respective widgets displayed in scroll widget user interface  616 B are different and/or in different order from the respective widgets displayed in scroll widget user interface  616 A in  FIG.  6 D . Because widgets  614 B and  614 A were pinned, computer system  600  displays widgets  614 B and  614 A at the top of widget user interface  616 B. The widgets that were not pinned, widget  614 F, widget  614 C and widget  614 E, are displayed under pinned widgets  614 B and  614 A.  FIG.  6 V  illustrates all the widgets in scroll widget user interface  616 B, but computer system  600  displays widgets  614 B,  614 A, and  614 F on display  602 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an additional swipe input or rotational input while displaying the top portion of widget user interface  616 B, computer system  600  scrolls widget user interface  616 B to display widgets  614 C,  614 E, and graphical object  619 . In  FIG.  6 V , computer system  600  detects depress input  612 U (e.g., a press on the crown or rotatable input mechanism). 
     In  FIG.  6 W , in response to detecting depress input  612 U, computer system  600  displays watch face  606 B that includes representation of current day  613 E. Unlike in  FIG.  6 H , watch face  606 B in  FIG.  6 W  includes notification graphical object  648 B. Notification graphical object  648 B corresponds to notification graphical object  648 A. Notification graphical object  648 B indicates that an active live session activity is ongoing. Both notification graphical object  648 A and  648 B correspond an active live session application (e.g., an active timer, an active sport score, and/or an active ridesharing session) that was initiated on computer system  601 . In some embodiments, both notification graphical object  648 A and  648 B correspond an active live session application (e.g., an active timer, an active sport score, and/or an active ridesharing session) that was initiated on computer system  600 . Computer system  601  and computer system  600  are in communication (e.g., paired either physically or wirelessly) such that data (e.g., notification and/or live session information) from computer system  601  is synchronized (e.g., sent to and/or transmitted periodically or in real-time) with computer system  600 . In some embodiments, computer system  601  does not display (e.g., does not include) notification graphical object  648 A. In  FIG.  6 W , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 V that initiates a process of displaying a set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 X , in response to detecting rotational input  612 V, computer system  600  display scroll widget user interface  616 C. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a widget user interface (e.g.,  618 A in  FIGS.  6 C and  618 B  in  FIG.  6 I ) prior to displaying scroll widget user interface  616 C. Scroll widget user interface  616 C includes widget  614 G that corresponds to notification graphical object  648 A and  648 B in  FIG.  6 W . Widget  614 G includes activatable graphical objects  614 GA and  614 GB for interacting with widget  614 G and the corresponding application. Because widget  614 G corresponds to an active live session, computer system  600  displays widget  614 G at the top of scroll widget user interface  616 C. Additionally, because the start of a calendar appointment (e.g., as displayed in widget  614 A) is within a threshold amount of time, computer system  600  displays widget  614 H as a contextual reminder. In  FIG.  6 X , computer system  600  continues to display widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F,  614 C, and  614 E in the same order they were displayed in  FIG.  6 V , but in  FIG.  6 X  widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F,  614 C, and  614 E are displayed under widgets  614 G and  614 H due to widget  614 G corresponding to an active live session and widget  614 H corresponding to a contextual reminder. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays widgets associated with elevated priority data (e.g., live sessions, reminder, and/or alerts) higher in position within the set of widgets as compared to widgets that correspond to non-elevated priority data (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned widgets). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting swipe input  612 AA, computer system  600  ceases to display widget  614 H in scroll widget user interface  616 C and the respective widgets below widget  614 H shifts (e.g., up and/or down), accordingly. In some embodiments, any widget can be removed/deleted from the set of widgets with a swipe input. In some embodiments, certain type of widgets (e.g., contextual and/or a predetermined type) can be removed/deleted from the set of widgets with a swipe input (and, optionally, other widgets cannot be removed/deleted with a swipe input). 
     In  FIG.  6 X , computer system  600  detects input  612 X corresponding to pause graphical object  614 GA. In response to detecting input  612 X, computer system  600  initiates a process of pausing the live activity session. In some embodiments, the live activity session pauses at computer system  600 , but not does pause at computer system  601  in  FIG.  6 W , and vice versa. In some embodiments, the live activity session pauses at both computer system  600  and at computer system  601 . In  FIG.  6 X , computer system  600  also detects input  612 Y corresponding to stop/cancel graphical object  614  GB, input  612 Z (e.g., tap or long press) corresponding to widget  614 G, and depress input  612 W. 
     In response to computer system  600  detecting input  612 Y, computer system  600  initiates a process of stopping the live activity session (e.g., timer). In some embodiments, in response to computer system  600  detecting input  612 Y, the live activity session stops at computer system  600 , but not does stop at computer system  601  in  FIG.  6 W , and vice versa. In some embodiments, computer system  600  initiates the process of stopping the live activity session at both computer system  600  and at computer system  600  in response to detecting input  612 Y. 
     In  FIG.  6 Y , in response to detecting input  612 Z, computer system  600  displays an application (e.g., timer application) corresponding to widget  614 G in  FIG.  6 X . In some embodiments, the application corresponding to widget  614 G includes graphical objects for interacting with the application. In  FIG.  6 Y , computer system  600  detects a depress input  612 AB that initiates a process of displaying a respective watch face (e.g., the last displayed watch face). 
     In  FIG.  6 Z , in response to detecting input  612 W in  FIG.  6 X  and/or detecting input  612 AB in  FIG.  6 Y , computer system  600  displays watch face  606 B that includes representation of current day  613 E. Unlike in  FIG.  6 W , watch face  606 B in  FIG.  6 Z  does not include notification graphical object  648 B as depicted in  FIG.  6 W . Computer system  600  ceased displaying notification graphical object  648 B because the live activity session (e.g., timer) in  FIG.  6 X  was stopped, in response to detecting input  612 Y. In  FIG.  6 Z , computer system  600  detects input  612 AC (e.g., long press and/or multi-tap) that initiates a process for displaying watch face selection user interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 AA , in response to detecting input  612 AC, computer system  600  displays watch face selection user interface  650 . Watch face selection user interface  650  includes a smaller representation of watch face  606 B and a partial representation of watch face  606 A and a partial representation of watch face  606 C. In some embodiments, watch face  606 A and/or watch face  606 C are fully displayed on watch face selection user interface  650  concurrently with representation of watch face  606 B. In  FIG.  6 AA , computer system  600  detects swipe input  612 AD to initiate a process of selecting a different watch face. 
     In  FIG.  6 AB , in response to detecting swipe input  612 AD, computer system  600  horizontally shifts the selectable watch faces displayed in watch face selection user interface  650 . Because the watch faces have shifted, a representation of watch face  606 C is fully displayed in the middle of display  602  and a partial representation of watch face  606 B and a partial representation of watch face  606 D are displayed to the left and right of the representation of watch face  606 C, respectively. In  FIG.  6 AB , computer system  600  detects input  612 AE (e.g., tap or long press) to select watch face  606 C. 
     In  FIG.  6 AC , in response to detecting input  612 AE, computer system  600  displays a full version (e.g., larger version than was displayed in  FIG.  6 AB ) of watch face  606 C. Watch face  606 C includes representation of time  608 F. Representation of time  608 F is depicted as a character (e.g., animated character and/or cartoon character) and parts of the character are used to depict time. For example, the hands of the characters correspond to an hour hand and a minute hand of a clock. Watch face  606 C further includes representation of current day  613 G. In  FIG.  6 AC , computer system detects a rotational (e.g., clockwise) input  612 AF to display a set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 AD , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AF, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 C. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a transition user interface before displaying widget user interface  618 C. Widget user interface  618 C includes representation of time  608 G that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 F displayed in  FIG.  6 AC . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 F are included in representation of time  608 G. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 F are included in representation of time  608 G. Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 H that includes a representation of the current date in the same typeface as representation of current day  613 G in  FIG.  6 AC . In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not display representation of current day  613 H in widget user interface  618 C. Widget user interface  618 C further includes widgets  614 B,  614 A, and  614 F. Widgets  614 B and  614 A correspond to the widgets that were pinned in  FIGS.  6 J and  6 K . Widget  614 F corresponds to the widget that was selected in  FIG.  6 Q . 
     Computer system  600  display widgets  614 B,  614 A, and  614 F in a stack such that widget  614 B is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 B and is partially visible, and widget  614 F is under widgets  614 B and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 B and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a weather application, which corresponds to widget  614 B. In  FIG.  6 AG , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 AG for scrolling the widget interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 AE , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AG, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 D. Scroll widget interface  616 D includes widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F, and  614 C. Scroll widget interface  616 D includes full representations of widgets  614 B and  614 A and partial representations of widgets  614 F and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays, in scroll widget user interface  616 D, widgets  614 A,  614 F, and  614 C in a stack such that widget  614 A is fully visible, widget  614 F is partially covered (e.g., partially displayed, obscured, and/or masked) by widget  614 A and widget  614 C is covered (e.g., partially displayed, obscured, and/or masked) by widget  614 A and  614 F. Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 I that includes representation of the current date in the same typeface as representation of current day  613 H in  FIG.  6 AD . In some embodiments, computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 I that does not include a representation of the current date in the same typeface as representation of current day  613 H in  FIG.  6 AD . Computer system  600  further displays representation of time  608 H that includes a visual property (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) of representation of time  608 F displayed in  FIG.  6 AC . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 F are included in representation of time  608 H. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 F are included in representation of time  608 H. In  FIG.  6 AE , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 AH to scroll the respective set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 AF , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AH, computer system  600  initiates scrolling widget  614 B off display  602  and scrolling widget  614 E on to display  602 . Widgets that are at the top (e.g., widget  614 A) and bottom (e.g., widget  614 E) of widget user interface  616 D are partially displayed. Widgets that are in the middle (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C) of widget user interface  616 D are fully displayed. Computer system  600  detects input  612 AI (e.g., tap or long press) corresponding to (e.g., directed to) graphical object  652  associated with widget  614 C. In response to detecting input  612 AI, computer system  600  initiates playback of audio data associated with widget  614 C. Computer system  600  detects counterclockwise rotational input  612 AJ (e.g., an input opposite direction of rotational input  612 AF in  FIG.  6 AC ) for initiating the display of a respective watch face (e.g., last displayed watch face). 
     In  FIG.  6 AG , in response to detecting counterclockwise rotational input  612 AJ, computer system displays watch face  606 C that includes representation of current day  613 G. Unlike in  FIG.  6 AC , watch face  606 C in  FIG.  6 AG  includes notification graphical object  648 C. Notification graphical object  648 C indicates that an active live session activity is ongoing (e.g., as a result of computer system  600  detecting selection of graphical object  652  in  FIG.  6 AF ). Notification graphical object  648 C corresponds to an active live session application (e.g., a music application playing music) corresponding to widget  614 C in  FIG.  6 AF . In some embodiments, computer system  600  does not display notification graphical object  648 C in watch face  606 C. In  FIG.  6 AG , computer system  600  detects clockwise rotational input  612 AK that initiates a process of displaying a set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 AH , in response to detecting clockwise rotational input  612 AK, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 C. However, because widget  614 C is actively associated with a live session (e.g., music is playing), widget user interface  618 C includes widget  614 C at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., as compared to widget  614 C being displayed lower in the list when it is not actively associated with a live session in  FIG.  6 AF ). In some embodiments, a respective widget corresponding to a live session is displayed at the top of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, a respective widget corresponding to a live session is displayed below respective pinned widgets (e.g.,  614 B and  614 A) in the set of widgets and above respective unpinned widgets ( 614 F and  614 E) in the set of widgets. In  FIG.  6 AH , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 AL. 
     In  FIG.  6 AI , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AL, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 D. Scroll widget interface  616 D includes widgets  614 C,  614 B,  614 A, and  614 F. Scroll widget interface  616 D includes full representations of widgets  614 C and  614 B and partial representations of widgets  614 A and  614 F. Because widget  614 C corresponds to an active live session (e.g., playing music), computer system  600  displays widget  614 C at the top of scroll widget user interface  616 D. In  FIG.  6 AI , computer system  600  detects selection input  612 AM (e.g., tap or long press) corresponding to (e.g., directed to) graphical object  654  for pausing audio output. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection input  612 AM, computer system  600  ceases to display (e.g., immediately ceases to display) widget  614 C at the top of the set of widgets and displays widget  614 C in the position widget  614 C was displayed prior the initiation of the live session (e.g., via input  612 AI in  FIG.  6 AF ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  612 AM, computer system  600  continues to display widget  614 C at the top of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection input  612 AM, computer system  600  continues to display widget  614 C at the top of the set of widgets until the order of the set of widgets is refreshed (e.g., for example when a watch face is displayed and/or the widgets are scrolled out of view and then scrolled back into to view). In  FIG.  6 AI , computer system  600  further detects swipe input  612 AN corresponding to (e.g., directed to) widget  614 B for initiating a process of deleting widget  614 B directly from scroll widget interface  616 D (e.g., without displaying widget editing interface  626  in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 U ). 
     In  FIG.  6 AJ , in response to detecting swipe input  612 AN, computer system  600  displays delete graphical object  654  and ceases to display at least a portion of widget  614 B. In some embodiments, in response to swipe input  612 AN, computer system  600  ceases to display widget  614 B and displays in its place delete graphical object  654 . In some embodiments, in response to swipe input  612 AN, computer system  600  deletes (e.g., removes from set of widgets) without displaying graphical object  654  and/or detecting additional inputs. In  FIG.  6 AJ , computer system  600  detects input  612 AO (e.g., tap and/or long press) to delete widget  614 B. 
     In  FIG.  6 AK , in response to detecting input  612 AO, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 D without displaying widget  614 B. In  FIG.  6 AK , widget  614 A is displayed in the position widget  614 B was displayed in  FIG.  6 AJ  (e.g., prior to deletion). Computer system  600  shifts widgets  614 F and  614 E higher in the set of widgets, because widget  614 B was deleted. In  FIG.  6 AK , computer system  600  further detects clockwise rotational input  612 AP to scroll the respective widget in widget user interface  616 D. 
     In  FIG.  6 AL , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AP, computer system  600  scrolls the set of widgets in scroll widget user interface  616 D to the end of the set of widgets. In  FIG.  6 AL , computer system  600  further detects swipe input  612 AQ corresponding to (e.g., directed to) widget  614 E for initiating a process to change the pin status of widget  614 E directly from scroll widget interface  616 D (e.g., without displaying widget editing interface  626  in  FIGS.  6 J- 6 U ). 
     In  FIG.  6 AM , in response to detecting swipe input  612 AQ, computer system  600  displays pin graphical object  656  and ceases to display at least a portion of widget  614 E. In some embodiments, in response to swipe input  612 AQ, computer system  600  ceases to display widget  614 F and display in its place pin graphical object  656 . In some embodiments, in response to swipe input  612 AQ, computer system  600  changes the pin status (e.g., anchors a position of a widget and/or changes a position of a widget) of a respective widget (e.g., widget  614 E) without displaying graphical object  656  and/or detecting additional inputs. In  FIG.  6 AM , computer system  600  detects input  612 AR (e.g., tap and/or long press) to change the pin status of widget  614 E. 
     In  FIG.  6 AN , in response to detecting input  612 AR, computer system  600  changes the pin status of widget  614 E and displays widget  614 E as the lowest pinned widget (e.g., after widget  614 A that was previously pinned in  FIG.  6 K ). Computer system  600  displays widget  614 E higher in the set of widgets than widget  614 F, because widget  614 F is in the unpinned widget status. In some embodiments, in response to detecting input  612 AR, computer system  600  changes the pin status of widget  614 E and displays widget  614 E as the highest pinned widget (e.g., before widget  614 A that was previously pinned in  FIG.  6 K ). Computer system  600  displays widgets in the pinned status under widgets that correspond to respective active live sessions or widgets that corresponds to respective recently active live sessions (e.g., widget  614 C) (e.g., before a refresh of the order of the set of widgets). In  FIG.  6 AN , computer system  600  detects clockwise rotational input  612 AS to scroll the set of widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 AO , in response to detecting clockwise rotational input  612 AS, computer system  600  scrolls the set of widgets and displays the end of the set of widgets in scroll widget user interface  616 D. Scroll widget user interface  616 D further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. Computer system  600  does not display additional widgets (e.g., partially or fully) under widget  614 F because the displayed set of widgets is at the end. In  FIG.  6 AO , computer system  600  detects clockwise rotational input  612 AT to initiate the display of all applications. 
     In  FIG.  6 AP , in response to continuing to detect rotational input  612 AT, computer system  600  displays app launcher interface  622 . App launcher interface  622  includes application icons  620 A,  620 B,  620 C, and  620 D. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a respective input to select to one of application icons  620 A,  620 B,  620 C, and  620 D, and in response to detecting the respective input, computer system  600  displays a respective application corresponding the selected one of application icons  620 A,  620 B,  620 C, and  620 D. In  FIG.  6 F , computer system  600  displays application icon  620 B at a larger size than application icons  620 A,  620 C, and  620 D, because application icon  620 B is located in a central or substantially central position on display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a respective set of application icons closer to an edge of display  602  at a smaller size than application icons further away from the edge of display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays each application icon in the same row of application cions at a substantially same size. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays each application icon in the same row of application icons at different sizes. In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays a first respective set of application icons closest to a first edge of display  602  at a smaller size than a second respective set of application icons closest to a second (e.g., opposite) edge of display  602 . In  FIG.  6 AP , computer system  600  detects clockwise rotational input  612 AU for scrolling the respective application icons in the app launcher interface  622 . 
     In  FIG.  6 AQ , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AU, computer system  600  scrolls the respective application icons in the app launcher interface  622 . As a result of scrolling, application icon  620 D is scrolled off display  602  and application icon  620 E is scrolled onto display  602 . Also, because the position of applications icons  620 A,  620 B, and  620 C changes, computer system  600  updates the size of the respective displayed application icons such that application icon  620 B is displayed smaller than in  FIG.  6 AP  and application icon  620 C is displayed larger than in  FIG.  6 AP . In  FIG.  6 AQ , computer system  600  detects depress input  612 AV on crown  604 , press input  612 AW (e.g., physical, tactile, and/or capacitive) on button  605 , and rotational input  612 AV 2 . 
     In FIG.  6 AQ 1 , in response to detecting rotational input  612 AV 2  in  FIG.  6 AQ , computer system  600  initiates a process to scroll the respective application icons in app launcher interface  622 . However, because computer system  600  determines that the displayed respective application icons are at a terminus (e.g., end and/or beginning) of the scrollable list of app launcher interface  622 , computer system  600  changes (e.g., increases and/or decreases) the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons to indicate the terminus of the scrollable list. In some embodiments, changing the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons includes changing the size (e.g., bigger and or smaller) of the respective displayed application icons (e.g.,  620 B,  620 C and/or  620 E). In some embodiments, changing the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons includes changing the shape of the respective displayed application icons (e.g.,  620 B,  620 C and/or  620 E). In some embodiments, changing the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons includes maintaining at least one application icon (e.g.,  620 E) at the same (e.g., fixed and/or predetermined) location. In some embodiments, changing the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons includes changing a respective position on display  602  of multiple application icons (e.g.,  620 C and  620 E). In FIG.  6 AQ 1 , computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 AV 2 . 
     In FIG.  6 AQ 2 , in response to continuing to detect rotational input  612 AV 2  in  FIG. AQ 1   , computer system  600  further changes (e.g., increases and/or decreases) the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons to indicate the terminus of the scrollable list of app launcher interface  622 . In FIG.  6 AQ 2 , computer system  600  continues to detect rotational input  612 AV 2 . 
     In FIG.  6 AQ 3 , in response to continuing to detect rotational input  612 AV 2  in  FIG. AQ 2   , computer system  600  further changes (e.g., increases and/or decreases) the space (e.g., vertical and/or horizontal) between the respective displayed application icons to indicate the end of the scrollable list. Further, in FIG.  6 AQ 3 , computer system  600  ceases to detect rotational input  612 AV 2 . In response to computer system  600  ceasing to detect rotational input  612 AV 2 , computer system shifts (e.g., moves) the respective application icons (e.g.,  620 C) back to their respective position as depicted in  FIG.  6 Q . In some embodiments, shifting the respective application icons (e.g.,  620 C) back to their respective position as depicted in  FIG.  6 Q  includes not shifting at least on application icon (e.g.,  620 E). In some embodiments, shifting the respective application icons (e.g.,  620 C) back to their respective position as depicted in  FIG.  6 Q  includes shifting multiple application icons. In some embodiments, shifting the respective application icons (e.g.,  620 C) back to their respective position as depicted in  FIG.  6 Q  includes changes the size and or shape of at least on application icon. 
     In  FIG.  6 AR , in response to detecting press input  612 AW, computer system  600  displays settings user interface  658 . Setting user interface  658  includes settings graphical objects  658 A- 658 D. In some embodiments, in response to detecting input (e.g.,  612 BB 1 ,  612 BB 2 ,  612 BB 3 , and/or  612 BB 4 ) corresponding to (e.g., directed to) one of graphical objects  658 A- 658 D, computer system  600  initiates a process to modify a respective computer system  600  setting corresponding to the respective graphical object. For example, in response to detecting an input (e.g.,  612 BB 1 ) to select graphical object  658 A, computer system  600  toggles the cellular connectivity property (e.g., setting) for computer system  600 . In  FIG.  6 AR , computer system  600  detects depress input  612 BB for displaying a respective watch face (e.g., last displayed watch face). In some embodiments, settings user interface  658  can be displayed in response to a press input at a hardware button for a plurality of different user interfaces (e.g., the same press input of the hardware button will cause the device to display the settings user interface when: the press input is detected while a first application is displayed; the press input is detected while a second application different from the first application is displayed; the press input is detected while a first system user interface such as a time user interface, a notification user interface, or a multitasking user interface is displayed; and/or the press input is detected while a second system user interface different from the first system user interface is displayed. In some embodiments, the hardware button can be used to cause the device to perform other operations (e.g., initiating a process for contacting an emergency contact, initiating a process for placing an emergency call, initiating a process for turning off a power of the device, and/or displaying a user interface that includes one or more options for performing one or more of these operations) in response to a first different input directed to the hardware button (e.g., a long press input that includes a press that has a duration above a respective duration time threshold, where a press input that is not a long press input ends before the respective duration time threshold has been met such as 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 seconds). In some embodiments, the hardware button can be used to cause the device to perform other operations (e.g., initiating a process for providing a secure credential or making a payment) in response to a second different input (e.g., a multiple press input that includes two or more presses of the hardware button that occur within a time threshold of each other such as 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, or 1 second). 
     In  FIG.  6 AS , in response to detecting depress input  612 BB on crown  604 , computer system  600  displays watch face  606 C and ceases to display settings user interface  658 . In  FIG.  6 AS , while the watch face  606 C is displayed, computer system  600  detects a swipe input  612 AX that starts at a respective edge (e.g., top, bottom, left, and/or right) of display  602 , a counterclockwise rotational input  612 AY, and press input  612 AZ (e.g., physical, tactile, and/or capacitive) on button  605 . In response to detecting press input  612 AZ, computer system  600  displays settings user interface  658  as depicted in  FIG.  6 AR . 
     In  FIG.  6 AT , in response to detecting swipe input  612 AX (e.g., downward swipe), computer system  600  displays notification interface  660 . Notification interface  660  includes notification  660 A from a respective application (e.g., phone application). Computer system  600  also displays notification interface  660  of  FIG.  6 AT  in response to computer system  600  detecting depress input  612 AV on crown  604  in  FIG.  6 AQ . Notification  660 A includes graphical object  662  and graphical object  664  for interacting with (e.g., responding to and/or answering) notification  660 A. In some embodiments, computer system  600  concurrently displays multiple notifications corresponding to multiple respective applications in notification interface  660 . In  FIG.  6 AT , computer system  600  detects input  612 BC corresponding to (e.g., directed to) graphical object  662  for initiating a phone call. In  FIG.  6 AT , computer system  600  detects depress input  612 BA for displaying a respective watch face (e.g., last displayed watch face). 
       FIG.  6 AU , in response to detecting depress input  612 BA on crown  604 , computer system  600  displays watch face  606 C and ceases to display notification interface  660 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  initiates the process of displaying watch face  606 C in  FIG.  6 AU  and ceases to display notification interface  660  in response to detecting input  612 BC in  FIG.  6 AT  (e.g., without detecting depress input  612 BA). Because computer system  600  detects a live session activity (e.g., a phone call, active ride share, and/or timer) in progress, computer system  600  displays watch face  606 C with notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. In  FIG.  6 AU , computer system  600  detects swipe input  612 BD that starts at a respective edge (e.g., bottom, top, left, or right) of display  602  for initiating a process to switch the displayed watch face on display  602  and computer system  600  also detects swipe input  612 BD 1  that starts at a respective edge (e.g., bottom, top, left, or right) of display  602  to initiate displaying widget user interface  618 C in  FIG.  6 AD . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a swipe input away from the respective edge (e.g., bottom, top, left, or right) (e.g., non-edge portion of display  602 ) of display  602  for initiating a process to switch the displayed watch face on display  602 . 
     In  FIG.  6 AV , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BD, computer system  600  displays a different watch face  606 D (e.g., the next respective watch face in from a set of watch faces) that includes representation of time  608 I. Watch face  606 D includes notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. Watch face  606 D also includes various graphical objects including  606 D 1 ,  606 D 2 , and  606 D 3 . While watch face  606 D is displayed, computer system  600  detects input  612 BF corresponding to graphical object  606 D 3  (e.g., a numeral indicating the current minute as part of representation of time  608 I). While watch face  606 D is displayed, computer system  600  also detects a rotational input  612 BW (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) and swipe input  612 BE (e.g., left or right swipe). 
     In  FIG.  6 AW , in response to detecting input  612 BF corresponding to graphical object  606 D 3 , computer system  600  changes a visual property of graphical object  606 D 3  (e.g., changes size, animates, changes position, changes orientation, and/or changes color). Additionally, in response to detecting rotational input  612 BW and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BW was detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BF, computer system  600  displays graphical object  606 D 2  and graphical object  606 D 3  with a different visual property (e.g., position, orientation, color, animation, and/or size). 
     In  FIG.  6 AX , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BW and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BW was not detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BF, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 D. Widget user interface  618 D includes representation of time  608 J that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 I displayed in  FIG.  6 AV . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 I are included in representation of time  608 J. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 I are included in representation of time  608 J. 
     Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 J that includes a representation of the current date with a default typeface as watch face  606 D does not include a representation of current day. Widget user interface  618 D further includes widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I as the top widget, because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call or other real-time communication session) in progress. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E in a stack such that widget  614 I is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 I and is partially visible, and widget  614 E is under widgets  614 I and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 I and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a phone application, which corresponds to widget  614 I. In  FIG.  6 AX , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 BG for scrolling the widget interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 AY , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BG, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 E. Scroll widget interface  616 E includes widgets  614 I,  614 A,  614 E,  614 F, and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., above widgets with pinned/unpinned status), because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  displays widgets that are in the pinned status (e.g., widgets  614 A and  614 E) above widgets that in the unpinned status (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C). Moreover, at least widget  614 I and widget  614 A are fully displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602  and widget  614 E is at least partially displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 E further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 I and  614 A are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 C and  614 F are scrolled on to display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, computer system  600  initiates displaying an app launcher interface (e.g., app launcher interface  622  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 F ). 
     In  FIG.  6 AZ , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BE, computer system  600  displays a different watch face  606 E (e.g., the next respective watch face in from a set of watch faces) that includes representation of time  608 K. Watch face  606 E includes notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. While watch face  606 E is displayed, computer system  600  detects input  612 BJ. While watch face  606 E is displayed, computer system  600  also detects a rotational input  612 BH (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) and swipe input  612 BI (e.g., left or right swipe). 
     In  FIG.  6 BA , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BH and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BH was detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BJ, computer system  600  displays representation of time  608 K with a different visual property (e.g., position, orientation, color, animation, size, and/or appearance of the numerals (e.g., taller, shorter, and/or wider)). 
     In  FIG.  6 BB , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BH and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BH was not detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BJ, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 E. Widget user interface  618 E includes representation of time  608 L that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 K displayed in  FIG.  6 AZ . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 K are included in representation of time  608 L. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 K are included in representation of time  608 L. 
     Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 K that includes a representation of the current date in a default typeface as watch face  606 E does not include a representation of current day. Widget user interface  618 E further includes widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I as the top widget, because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E in a stack such that widget  614 I is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 I and is partially visible, and widget  614 E is under widgets  614 I and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 I and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a phone application, which corresponds to widget  614 I. In  FIG.  6 BB , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 BK for scrolling the widget interface. 
     In  FIG.  6 BC , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BK, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 F. Scroll widget interface  616 F includes widgets  614 I,  614 A,  614 E,  614 F, and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., above widgets with pinned/unpinned status), because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  displays widgets that are in the pinned status (e.g., widgets  614 A and  614 E) above widgets that in the unpinned status (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C). Moreover, at least widget  614 I and widget  614 A are fully displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602  and widget  614 E is at least partially displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 F further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 I and  614 A are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 C and  614 F are scrolled on to display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, computer system  600  initiates displaying an app launcher interface (e.g., app launcher interface  622  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 F ). 
     In  FIG.  6 BD , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BI, computer system  600  displays a different watch face  606 F (e.g., the next respective watch face in from a set of watch faces) that includes representation of time  608 M. Watch face  606 F includes notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. While watch face  606 F is displayed, computer system  600  detects input  612 BN. While watch face  606 F is displayed, computer system  600  also detects rotational input  612 BL (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) and swipe input  612 BI (e.g., left or right swipe). 
     In  FIG.  6 BE , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BL and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BL was detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BN, computer system  600  displays representation of time  608 M with a different visual property (e.g., position, orientation, color, animation, size, and/or appearance of the numerals (e.g., taller, shorter, and/or wider)) and different functionality (e.g., computer system  600  displays a scrollable list of selectable graphical objects corresponding to different time zones). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a continuation of input rotational input  612 BL, computer system  600  scrolls the lists of graphical objects corresponding to different time zones displayed in representation of time  608 M. 
     In  FIG.  6 BF , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BL and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BL was not detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BN, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 F. Widget user interface  618 F includes representation of time  608 N that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 M depicted in  FIG.  6 BD . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 M are included in representation of time  608 N. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 M are included in representation of time  608 N. 
     Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 L that includes a representation of the current date in a default typeface as watch face  606 BF does not include a representation of current day. Widget user interface  618 F further includes widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I as the top widget, because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E in a stack such that widget  614 I is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 I and is partially visible, and widget  614 E is under widgets  614 I and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 I and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a phone application, which corresponds to widget  614 I. In  FIG.  6 BF , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 BO for initiating scrolling the widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 BG , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BO, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 G. Scroll widget interface  616 G includes widgets  614 I,  614 A,  614 E,  614 F, and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., above widgets with pinned/unpinned status), because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  displays widgets that are in the pinned status (e.g., widgets  614 A and  614 E) above widgets that in the unpinned status (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C). Moreover, at least widget  614 I and widget  614 A are fully displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602  and widget  614 E is at least partially displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 G further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 I and  614 A are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 C and  614 F are scrolled on to display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, computer system  600  initiates displaying an app launcher interface (e.g., app launcher interface  622  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 F ). 
     In  FIG.  6 BH , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BM, computer system  600  displays a different watch face  606 G (e.g., the next respective watch face in from a set of watch faces) that includes representation of time  608 O. Watch face  606 G includes notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. While watch face  606 G is displayed, computer system  600  detects input  612 BQ (e.g., tap or swipe). While watch face  606 G is displayed, computer system  600  also detects rotational input  612 BP (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) and swipe input  612 BR (e.g., left or right swipe). 
     In  FIG.  6 BI , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BP and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BP was detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BQ, computer system  600  displays representation of time  608 O with a different visual property (e.g., position, orientation, color, animation, size, and/or appearance of the numerals (e.g., taller, shorter, and/or wider)) and different functionality (e.g., computer system  600  displays a sun&#39;s position in the sky at a future time). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a continuation of rotational input  612 BP, computer system  600  continues to preview/change within representation of time  608 O the sun&#39;s future position in the sky. 
     In  FIG.  6 BJ , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BP and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BP was not detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BQ, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 G. Widget user interface  618 G includes representation of time  608 P that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 O depicted in  FIG.  6 BH . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 O are included in representation of time  608 P. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog), functionality, and/or features) of representation of time  608 O are included in representation of time  608 P. 
     Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 N that includes a representation of the current date with the same (e.g., substantially and/or largely similar) typeface as representation of current day  613 M depicted watch face  606 G. Widget user interface  618 G further includes widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I as the top widget, because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E in a stack such that widget  614 I is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 I and is partially visible, and widget  614 E is under widgets  614 I and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 I and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a phone application, which corresponds to widget  614 I. In  FIG.  6 BJ , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 BS for initiating scrolling the respective widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 BK , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BS, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 H. Scroll widget interface  616 H includes widgets  614 I,  614 A,  614 E,  614 F, and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., above widgets with pinned/unpinned status), because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  displays widgets that are in the pinned status (e.g., widgets  614 A and  614 E) above widgets that in the unpinned status (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C). Moreover, at least widget  614 I and widget  614 A are fully displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602  and widget  614 E is at least partially displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 H further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 I and  614 A are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 C and  614 F are scrolled on to display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, computer system  600  initiates displaying an app launcher interface (e.g., app launcher interface  622  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 F ). 
     In  FIG.  6 BL , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BR, computer system  600  displays a different watch face  606 H (e.g., the next respective watch face in from a set of watch faces) that includes representation of time  608 Q. Watch face  606 H includes notification graphical object  648 D that indicates (e.g., via text, symbol, icon, and/or image) that a phone call session is in progress. Watch face  606 H further includes information platter  606 H 1  and information platter  606 H 2 . While watch face  606 H is displayed, computer system  600  detects input  612 BT (e.g., tap or swipe). While watch face  606 H is displayed, computer system  600  also detects rotational input  612 BU (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise). While watch face  606 H is displayed, computer system  600  also detects swipe (e.g., upward) input  612 BT 1  and swipe input (e.g., upward)  612 BT 2 . 
     In  FIG.  6 BM , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BU and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BU was detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BT, computer system  600  initiates scrolling information platter  606 H 1 , information platter  606 H 2 , and displaying information platter  606 H 3 , which was not displayed prior to detecting rotational input  612 BU, on watch face  606 H. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a continuation of rotational input  612 BU, computer system  600  continues to scroll the respective informational platters on watch face  606 H. 
     In  FIG.  6 BM , in response to detecting swipe input  612 BT 1  that starts at away from a respective edge (e.g., non-edge portion) of display  602 , computer system  600  initiates scrolling information platter  606 H 1 , information platter  606 H 2 , and displaying information platter  606 H 3 , which was not displayed prior to detecting swipe input  612 BT 1 , on watch face  606 H. In some embodiments, computer system  600  initiates scrolling information platter  606 H 1 , information platter  606 H 2 , and displaying information platter  606 H 3 , on watch face  606 H irrespective of detecting input  612 BT 1  (e.g., not based on detecting input  612 BT). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a continuation of swipe input  612 BT 1 , computer system  600  continues to scroll the respective informational platters on watch face  606 H. 
     In  FIG.  6 BN , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BU and in accordance with a determination that rotational input  612 BU was not detected within a threshold of time (e.g., 0.4 seconds, 1 second, or 2 seconds) after detecting input  612 BT, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 H. Computer system  600  also displays widget user interface  618 H in response to detecting swipe input  612 BT 2  in  FIG.  6 BL  that starts at a respective edge of display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  displays widget user interface  618 H in response to detecting swipe input  612 BT 2  in  FIG.  6 BL  irrespective of detecting input  612 BT 2  (e.g., not based on detecting input  612 BT). Widget user interface  618 H includes representation of time  608 R that is a smaller version of representation of time  608 Q depicted in  FIG.  6 BL . In some embodiments, all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog) and/or features) of representation of time  608 Q are included in representation of time  608 R. In some embodiments, less than all aspects (e.g., visual properties (e.g., color, font, character, numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital/analog), functionality, and/or features) of representation of time  608 Q are included in representation of time  608 R. 
     Computer system  600  further displays representation of current day  613 P that includes a representation of the current date with the same (e.g., substantially and/or largely similar) typeface as representation of current day  613 O depicted in watch face  606 H. Widget user interface  618 H further includes widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I as the top widget, because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  display widgets  614 I,  614 A, and  614 E in a stack such that widget  614 I is fully visible, widget  614 A is under widget  614 I and is partially visible, and widget  614 E is under widgets  614 I and  614 A and is partially visible. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a selection input corresponding to widget  614 I and in response to detecting the selection input, computer system  600  display a phone application, which corresponds to widget  614 I. In  FIG.  6 BN , computer system  600  detects rotational input  612 BV for initiating scrolling the respective widgets. 
     In  FIG.  6 BO , in response to detecting rotational input  612 BV, computer system  600  displays scroll widget user interface  616 I. Scroll widget interface  616 I includes widgets  614 I,  614 A,  614 E,  614 F, and  614 C. Computer system  600  displays widget  614 I at the top of the set of widgets (e.g., above widgets with pinned/unpinned status), because widget  614 I corresponds to a live session activity (e.g., a phone call) in progress. Computer system  600  displays widgets that are in the pinned status (e.g., widgets  614 A and  614 E) above widgets that in the unpinned status (e.g., widgets  614 F and  614 C). Moreover, at least widget  614 I and widget  614 A are fully displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602  and widget  614 E is at least partially displayed (e.g., visible and/or perceivable) on display  602 . Scroll widget user interface  616 I further includes graphical object  619  that indicates that end of the set of widgets. In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, widgets  614 I and  614 A are scrolled off display  602  and widgets  614 C and  614 F are scrolled on to display  602 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  detects a scroll input, and in response to detecting the scroll input, computer system  600  initiates displaying an app launcher interface (e.g., app launcher interface  622  in  FIGS.  6 E- 6 F ). 
       FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for  700  using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  700  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and one or more input devices (e.g., rotatable input mechanism  604  and/or touch sensitive portion of display  602 ) (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface, a touchscreen, a button, a rotatable input device, a rotatable and depressible input device, and/or a microphone). Some operations in method  700  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  600 ) is a computer system. The computer system is optionally in communication (e.g., wired communication and/or wireless communication) with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) and with one or more input devices (e.g., touch-sensitive portion of display  602  and/or rotatable input mechanism  604 ). The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. The one or more input devices are configured to receive input, such as a touch-sensitive surface receiving user input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. Thus, the computer system can transmit, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content (e.g., using a display device) and can receive, a wired or wireless connection, input from the one or more input devices. 
     As described below, method  700  provides an intuitive way for displaying and editing widgets. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying and editing widgets, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display and edit various widgets faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 702 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A) (e.g., a first watch face and/or a first lock screen). In some embodiments, the wake screen user interface is an initially displayed screen of the computer system when the computer system transitions from a low power state (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, and/or an eco-mode) to a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, and/or a normal (non-low power) mode). While displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A- 606 H), the computer system detects ( 704 ), via the one or more input devices (e.g., rotatable input mechanism  604  and/or touch sensitive portion of display  602 ), a first input (e.g.,  612 A) (e.g., touch input(s), rotational input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)) of a first type input (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 A) (e.g., a swipe input, a clockwise rotational input, a tap input, using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)). In response to detecting the first input, computer system displays ( 706 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 A,  614 B and/or  614 C). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a widget that includes a user interface element that includes content and/or information from a respective application (e.g., a first widget of the set of widgets displays information from a first application (e.g., with or without displaying information from a second application) and a second widget of the set of widgets displays information from the second application (without displaying information from the first application)). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a widget that includes information that is updated over time in response to the computer system receiving updated or additional information from a respective application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection (e.g., via a touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures) of a widget of the set of widgets, the computer system displays a user interface of a respective application associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the selected widget (e.g., an application from which received information is displayed by the selected widget). In some embodiments, the size, position, appearance, and/or content displayed by a widget is user-configured and/or user configurable (e.g., via user input). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is a representation of a set of two or more widgets through which the computer system can scroll (e.g., in response to receiving a user scroll input and/or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes content from a subset (e.g., one, two, and/or less than all) of widgets at a time (e.g., the set of widgets displays content from a single widget of available widgets without displaying content from any other available widgets while optionally displaying at least a portion of a second widget). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is arranged in a sequence, and in response to input (e.g., user input and/or system input), the computer system changes the sequence in which the set of widgets are arranged based on the input (e.g., changes which widget is on top or first in the sequence). In some embodiments, the widget is a graphical object that allows a user to interact with an application or website. In some embodiments, a widget represents a specific function or piece of information. In some embodiments, a widget includes a combination of at least one graphical object (e.g., button and/or icon) that, when activated, perform an action, and a graphical object (e.g., text box and/or notification) that includes information. In some embodiments, a widget corresponds to a complication displayed in a watch face and/or lock screen. Subsequent to displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 708 ), via the display generation component, a second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 B in  FIG.  6 H ) (e.g., a second watch face and/or a second lock screen) that is different from the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A in  FIG.  6 A ). In some embodiments, the second wake screen user interface is displayed in response to the computer system detecting a user input. In some embodiments, the second wake screen user interface is displayed automatically (e.g., without user input). In some embodiments, the second wake screen user interface is displayed in response to detecting a set of one or more user inputs while displaying the first wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface, the computer system detects a swipe input in a direction (e.g., left, right, up, down, diagonal, and/or another direction), and in response to detecting the swipe input, the computer system ceases to display the first wake screen user interface and displays the second wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface, the computer system detects an input (e.g., long press double tap, touch input, rotational input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)) and in response to detecting the input, the computer system displays a wake screen user interface selection interface to change the respective wake screen interface. In some embodiments, the wake screen user interface selection interface includes a plurality of wake screen user interfaces including the second wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, a user can scroll/traverse the plurality of wake screen user interfaces and can select one of the plurality of wake screen user interfaces to replace the displayed the first wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user selected (e.g., via a touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures)) the second wake screen user interfaces, the computer system ceases to display the wake screen user interface selection interface and displays the second wake screen user interface as the displayed wake screen. While displaying the second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 B in  FIG.  6 H ), computer system  600  detects ( 710 ), via the one or more input devices (e.g., rotatable input mechanism  604 ), a second input of the first type (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 H) (e.g., a swipe input, a clockwise rotational input, and/or a tap input). In some embodiments, the first input and the second input are both swipe inputs (e.g., in the same direction and/or that originate from the same side of a touch-sensitive surface). In some embodiments, the first input and the second input are both rotational inputs (e.g., in the same direction and/or with the same magnitude) detected at or directed to a rotational input mechanism. In response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 H), computer system displays ( 712 ), via the display generation component, the set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C in  FIG.  6 I ). Providing the same set of widgets from different wake screen user interfaces (e.g., watch faces) allows a user to access an operation quickly and easily from a respective wake screen user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more input devices includes a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., a rotatable and depressible input mechanism and/or an input device that rotates around an axis) and wherein the first type of input is a rotational input (e.g.,  612 A and/or  612 B) received via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ). In some embodiments, the first input is a first rotational input, via the rotatable input mechanism, in a first direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise), and wherein the second input is a second rotational input via the rotatable input mechanism in a second direction (e.g., same as first direction or different from first direction). Displaying the set of widgets in response to a rotational input provides the user with more control of the computer system by helping the user to perform more precise inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the first type of input is a first swipe input (e.g., swipe gesture  612 A 1  in  FIG.  6 A , swipe gesture  612 BD 1  in  FIG.  6 AU , or swipe gesture  612 BT 2  in  FIG.  6 BL ) (e.g., including a touch component and/or an air gesture component) received via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch-sensitive portion of  602 ). In some embodiments, the first swipe input is in a direction (e.g., horizontal (e.g., left or right), substantially horizontal (e.g., left or right), vertical (e.g., up or down), substantially vertical (e.g., up or down), diagonal, or substantially diagonal). Displaying the set of widgets in response to a swipe input provides the user with more control of the computer system by helping the user to perform more precise inputs. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A,  606 C, or  606 H), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch-sensitive portion of  602 ), a second swipe input (e.g.,  612 A 1  in  FIG.  6 A,  612 AX  in  FIG.  6 AS,  612 BD  in  FIG.  6 AU ,  612 BD 1  in  FIG.  6 AU , or  612 BT 2  in  FIG.  6 BL ) (e.g., horizontal (e.g., left or right), substantially horizontal (e.g., left or right), vertical (e.g., up or down), substantially vertical (e.g., up or down), diagonal or substantially diagonal). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second swipe input and in accordance with a determination that the second swipe input is in a first direction (e.g., horizontal (e.g., left or right), substantially horizontal (e.g., left or right), vertical (e.g., up or down), substantially vertical (e.g., up or down), diagonal or substantially diagonal), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the set of widgets (e.g., (widgets  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C in  FIG.  6 C ) and/or (widgets  614 I,  614 A and  614 E in  FIG.  6 BN )). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second swipe input and in accordance with a determination that the second swipe input is in a second direction different from (e.g., opposite and/or perpendicular to) the first direction, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, a first user interface that does not include the set of widgets (e.g., different watch face  606 D in response to  612 BD or notification interface  660  in  FIG.  6 AT  in response to  612 AX). In some embodiments, the second swipe input is different from the first swipe input. In some embodiments, the second swipe input is the same as the first swipe input. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second direction corresponds to a substantially downward direction, displaying, via the display generation component, a set of one more received notifications (e.g., message(s), email(s), system notification(s), reminder(s), and/or alert(s)). In some embodiments, the notifications are received from an application on the computer system. In some embodiments, a notification from the set of one or more notifications corresponds to a widget from the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, none of the notifications from the set of one or more notifications correspond any of the widgets in the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., touch input (e.g., tap input or long press), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture on/directed to) a respective notification displays a user interface of an application corresponding to the respective notification. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second direction corresponds to a substantially horizontal direction (e.g., left or right), displaying, via the display generation component, a different wake screen user interface (e.g., a wake screen user interface that is different from the first and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the set of widgets are displayed in response to detecting the first input and in accordance with a determination that the first swipe input is in a first direction (e.g., horizontal (e.g., left or right), substantially horizontal (e.g., left or right), vertical (e.g., up or down), substantially vertical (e.g., up or down), diagonal or substantially diagonal). In some embodiments. in response to detecting the first input and in accordance with a determination that the first swipe input is in a second direction different from (e.g., opposite and/or perpendicular to) the first direction, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a first user interface that does not include the set of widgets. Changing wake screen user interfaces from one to another in response to a first swipe input provides the user with a quick and easy way to change the wake screens, and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. Displaying a user interface with notifications (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget) in response to a swipe input while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display notifications and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation and provides the user with visual feedback of received notifications. 
     In some embodiments, the display generation component includes a display device (e.g.,  602 ) and wherein the first swipe input (e.g., swipe gesture  612 A 1  in  FIG.  6 A , swipe gesture  612 BD 1  in  FIG.  6 AU , or swipe gesture  612 BT 2  in  FIG.  6 BL ) starts at an edge (e.g., border, boundary, and/or margin) of the display device (e.g., an edge portion of  602 ). In some embodiments, the edge corresponds to one of the bottom, top, left, or right edges of the display device. In some embodiments, the second swipe input starts the edge of the display device. Performing an operation in response to starting a swipe gesture from edge region provides for a quick and precise way to control the displayed content and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation like switching watch faces or displaying notifications. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g., watch face  606 A, watch face  606 C, or watch face  606 H), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices, a third swipe input (e.g.,  612 A 1  in  FIG.  6 A,  612 AX  in  FIG.  6 AS,  612 BD  in  FIG.  6 AU .  612 BD 1  in  FIG.  6 AU , or  612 BT 1  in  FIG.  6 BL ) (e.g., horizontal (e.g., left or right), substantially horizontal (e.g., left or right), vertical (e.g., up or down), substantially vertical (e.g., up or down), diagonal or substantially diagonal). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third swipe input and in accordance with a determination that the third swipe input starts at a first edge (e.g., a respective edge of  602 ) (e.g., border, boundary, and/or margin) (e.g., bottom, top, left, or right) (e.g., of a display device of the display generation component), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the set of widgets (e.g., (widgets  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C in  FIG.  6 C ) and/or (widgets  614 I,  614 A and  614 E in  FIG.  6 BN )). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third swipe input and in accordance with a determination that the third swipe input starts at a second edge (e.g., border, boundary, and/or margin) (e.g., of a display device of the display generation component), different from (e.g., opposite and/or perpendicular to) the first edge, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a second user interface that does not include the set of widgets (e.g., different watch face  606 D in response to  612 BD or notification interface  660  in  FIG.  6 AT  in response to  612 AX). In some embodiments, the third swipe input is different from the first and/or second swipe input(s). In some embodiments, the second swipe input is the same as the first and/or second swipe input(s). In some embodiments, the first user interface is the same as the second user interface. In some embodiments, the first user interface is different from the second user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second edge corresponds to top edge, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a set of one more received notifications (e.g., message(s), email(s), system notification(s), reminder(s), and/or alert(s)). In some embodiments, the notifications are received from an application on the computer system. In some embodiments, a notification from the set of one or more notifications corresponds to a widget from the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, none of the notifications from the set of one or more notifications correspond any of the widgets in the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., touch input (e.g., tap input or long press), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture on/directed to) a respective notification displays a user interface of an application corresponding to the respective notification. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second edge (e.g., of a display device of the display generation component) corresponds to either a left edge or the right edge, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a different wake screen user interface (e.g., a wake screen user interface that is different from the first and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the set of widgets are displayed in response to detecting the first input and in accordance with a determination that the first swipe input starts at a first edge (e.g., bottom, top, left, or right) (e.g., of a display device of the display generation component). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input and in accordance with a determination that the first swipe input starts at a second edge (e.g., of a display device of the display generation component), different from (e.g., opposite and/or perpendicular to) the first edge, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, a second user interface that does not include the set of widgets. Changing wake screen user interfaces from one to another in response to a first swipe input provides the user with a quick and easy way to change the wake screens, and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. Displaying a user interface with notifications (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget) in response to a swipe input while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display notifications and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation and provides the user with visual feedback of received notifications. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g., watch face  606 A, watch face  606 C, or watch face  606 H), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch-sensitive portion of  602 ), a fourth swipe input (e.g.,  612 BT 1 ) (e.g., different from the first swipe input, second swipe input, and third swipe input), wherein the fourth swipe input starts at a (e.g., is initiated at and/or first portion of the swipe input is at) non-edge region (e.g., away from an edge (e.g., border, boundary, and/or margin)) of the display device (e.g.,  602 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourth swipe input (e.g.,  612 BT 1 ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) performs an operation (e.g., scrolling content displayed in watch face  606 H in  FIG.  6 BL  and  FIG.  6 BM ) different from a respective operation performed (e.g., changing a watch face and/or displaying a notification user interface) when the first swipe input (e.g.,  612 BT 2  or  612 AX) starts at a respective edge (e.g., border, boundary, and/or margin) (e.g., top, bottom, left, or right) of the display device. In some embodiments, performing an operation different from a respective operation includes scrolling content displayed in the first wake screen. In some embodiments, performing the different operation includes changing the displayed content and not displaying the set of widgets. In some embodiments, performing the different operation includes changing the displayed content and displaying the set of widgets after a predetermined threshold (e.g., duration and/or magnitude). Performing a different operation in response to starting a swipe gesture from the non-edge region provides for a quick and easy way to control the displayed content and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 A and/or  612 B), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a first system user interface (e.g.,  618 H) that includes one or more visual elements (e.g., a representation of a clock  608 C and/or representation of a current day(e.g., date)  613 C) (e.g., font, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance and/or character animation) of a clock/time element, and/or visual style of clock/time element (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)) that are based on the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A) (e.g., based on visual elements of the first wake screen user interface) (e.g., and not based on the second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is displayed concurrently with the system user interface. In some embodiments, the set of widgets is displayed as part of the system user interface. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 H), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a second system user interface (e.g.,  618 B) (e.g., different from the first system user interface) that includes one or more visual elements (e.g., a representation of a clock  608 E and/or representation of a current day  613 E) (e.g., font, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance, character animation) of a clock/time element, and/or visual style of clock/time element (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)) that are based on the second wake screen user interface (e.g., based on visual elements of the second wake screen user interface) (e.g., and not based on the visual elements of the first wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is displayed concurrently with the second system user interface. In some embodiments, the set of widgets is displayed as part of the second system user interface. In some embodiments, a visual indication of time (e.g.,  608 C) of the first system user interface (e.g.,  618 A) is based on the visual appearance of a visual indication of time (e.g.,  608 A) of the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A). In some embodiments, a visual indication of time of the second system user interface (e.g.,  608 E) is based on the visual appearance of a visual indication of time of the second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 B). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 C and/or  612 H), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the first system user interface (e.g.,  618 A and/or  616 A) that includes one or more visual elements (e.g., elements within  613 C and/or elements within  608 C) with a first visual characteristic (e.g., typeface, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance, and/or character animation) of a clock/time element (e.g., an element of  608 , an element of  608 D, an element of  606 A, an element of  606 B, and/or an element of  608 C), visual style of clock/time element (e.g., an element of  608 , an element of  608 D, an element of  606 A, an element of  606 B, and/or an element of  608 C) (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)), wherein the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A) includes the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C), wherein a first value (e.g., font type, color type, animation type, character properties (e.g., hands, face, body, and/or clothes)) of the first visual characteristic (e.g., typeface, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance, and/or character animation) of a clock/time element (e.g., an element of  608 , an element of  608 D, an element of  606 A, an element of  606 B, and/or an element of  608 C), visual style of clock/time element (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)) of the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A) corresponds to the first value of first visual characteristic (e.g., typeface, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance and/or character animation) of a clock/time element, visual style of clock/time element (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)) of the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 H), the computer system displays, via the display generation component the system user interface (e.g.,  618 H) with the first visual characteristic (e.g., typeface, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance, character animation) of a clock/time element (e.g., an element of  608 , an element of  608 D, an element of  606 A, an element of  606 B, and/or an element of  608 C), and/or visual style of clock/time element (e.g., an element of  608 , an element of  608 D, an element of  606 A, an element of  606 B, and/or an element of  608 C) (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)), wherein the system user interface includes the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C), wherein a second value (e.g., font type, color type, animation type, and/or character properties (e.g., hands, face, body, and/or clothes)) of the first visual characteristic of the system user interface (e.g.,  618 B) corresponds the second value of the first visual characteristic of the second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B). In some embodiments, the first value (e.g., the typeface of  613 A and/or  608 A) and second value (e.g., the typeface of  613 C and/or  608 C) of the visual characteristics are the same. In some embodiments, the first value and second value of the visual characteristics are different. In some embodiments, each visual characteristic can include multiple distinct values (e.g., multiple fonts, multiple colors, and/or multiple animation styles). In some embodiments, the system user interface concurrently displays the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C) and a first set of one or more system user interface objects (e.g.,  608 C) (e.g., a representation of the date and/or a representation of the time). In some embodiments, a respective visual characteristic can be a combination of visual characteristics (e.g., typeface, color, animation style (e.g., character appearance and/or character animation) of a clock/time element, and/or visual style of clock/time element (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog)). Updating the system user interface to reflect an appearance of the wake screen user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake user interface screen would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, a typeface (e.g., typeface corresponding to  608 C,  613 C,  608 E  613 F,  613 D, and  608 D 1 ) (e.g., font, type, style, and/or lettering) of the one or more visual elements (e.g.,  608 C,  613 C,  608 E and/or  613 F) of a respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 A,  618 B,  616 A, and/or  616 C) (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) is based on a typeface (e.g., typeface corresponding to  608 A,  613 A,  608 D, and/or  613 R) (e.g., font, type, style, and/or lettering) of a respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) (e.g., first wake screen user interface and/or second wake screen user interface). 
     In some embodiments, a typeface (e.g., font, type, style, and/or lettering) of the one or more visual elements of a respective system user interface (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) is based on typeface of a graphical object displayed within the respective wake user interface). In some embodiments, the first visual characteristic of the one or more visual elements of a respective system user interface corresponds to a font type. In some embodiments, the font is one of a serif, sans serif, script, handwritten, decorative. In some embodiments, a value of the typeface (e.g., type of font, specific type, specific style, and/or specific lettering) of the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) corresponds to a value of the typeface (e.g., type of font, specific style, and/or specific lettering) of the respective wake user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value of the typeface of the respective wake user interface corresponds to a first value, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the typeface with the first value. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the value of the typeface of the respective wake user interface corresponds to a second value, different from the first value, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the typeface with the second value (e.g., without displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the typeface with the first value). Updating a font of a system user interface to reflect a font of the wake screen user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake screen user interface would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, a color (e.g., of text and/or other visual object) of the one or more visual elements (e.g., to  608 C,  613 C,  608 E and/or  613 F) of a respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 A and/or  618 B) (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) is based on a color (e.g., of text and/or other visual element) of a respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) (e.g., first wake screen user interface and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, a color (e.g., of text and/or other visual object) of the one or more visual elements of a respective system user interface (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) is based on a color (e.g., of text and/or other visual element) of a graphical object displayed within a respective wake user interface (e.g., first wake screen user interface and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, a value of the color (e.g., shading, hue, translucency amount, and/or color gradient) of the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) corresponds to a value of the color of the respective wake user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value of the color of the respective wake user interface corresponds to a first value, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the color with the first value. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the value of the color of the respective wake user interface corresponds to a second value, different from the first value, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the color with the second value (e.g., without displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the color with the first value). Updating a color of a system user interface to reflect a color of the wake screen user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake screen user interface would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, the one or more visual elements (e.g., the clock hands displayed as part of  608 G and/or animated numerals in  608 J) of a respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 A,  618 B,  618 C, and/or  618 D) (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) includes an animated character (e.g., the clock hands displayed as part of  608 G and/or animated numerals in  608 J) (e.g., multiple animated characters) that is based on (e.g., same as) an animated character (e.g., character in  608 F and/or characters in  608 I) (e.g., multiple animated characters) of a respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 C and/or  606 D) (e.g., first wake screen user interface and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the first visual characteristic of the one or more visual elements corresponds to a first representation of a first character. In some embodiments, the first representation of the first character includes and/or omits portions of a second representation of the first character (e.g., displayed on the watch face). In some embodiments, the first representation of the first character is smaller or bigger than the second representation of the first character. In some embodiments, the third visual characteristic corresponds to a third representation of a second character (e.g., stationary character, and/or animated character), and the fourth visual characteristic corresponds to a fourth representation of the second character. In some embodiments, a characteristic (e.g., value, format, animation behavior, style, and/or layout) of the animated character of the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) corresponds to a characteristic of the animated character of the respective wake user interface. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a characteristic of the animated character of the respective wake user interface corresponds to a first characteristic, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the animated character with the first characteristic. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the characteristic of the animated character of respective wake user interface corresponds to a second characteristic, different from the first characteristic, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the animated character with the second characteristic (e.g., without displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the animated character with the first characteristic). Updating an animated character of a system user interface to reflect an animated character of the wake screen user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake screen user interface would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, the one or more visual elements (e.g., the numbering of  608 L, analog style  608 C, digital style of  608 E, and/or fitness information (e.g., non-clock information) as part of  608 C) of a respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 E,  618 A, and/or  618 B) (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) includes a style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog) of indicating time that is based on (e.g., same as) a style of indicating time of a respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 E,  606 A, and/or  606 B) (e.g., first wake screen user interface and/or second wake screen user interface). In some embodiments, the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) includes a first time graphical object (e.g.,  608 A,  613 C,  613 E, and/or  608 C) (e.g., a representation of the date, and/or a representation of the time) with a first visual style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog), wherein the second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) includes a second time graphical object (e.g.,  608 A,  608 D,  613 A, and/or  613 E) (e.g., a representation of the date, and/or a representation of the time) with a second visual style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog), wherein the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A,  618 B, and/or  616 A) includes a third time graphical object (e.g.,  608 C,  613 C,  608 E,  613 F,  613 D and/or  608 D 1 ) (e.g., a representation of the date, and/or a representation of the time), wherein first value of the first visual characteristic of the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) corresponds to the first visual style(e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog), and wherein second value of the first visual characteristic of the second wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) corresponds to the second visual style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog). In some embodiments, a characteristic (e.g., value, format, and/or layout) of the style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog) of indicating time (e.g.,  608 C,  613 C,  608 E,  613 F,  613 D and/or  608 D 1 ) of the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 A,  618 B, and/or  616 A) (e.g., the first system user interface and/or the second system user interface) corresponds to a characteristic of the style (e.g., numeral type, tic mark type, and/or digital vs analog) of indicating time (e.g.,  608 A,  613 A,  608 D, and/or  613 E) of the respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a characteristic of the style of indicating time (e.g.,  608 A,  613 A,  608 D, and/or  613 E) of the respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B) corresponds to a first characteristic, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the style of indicating time with the first characteristic. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the characteristic of the animated character (e.g.,  608 F) of respective wake user interface (e.g.,  606 A,  606 B, and/or  606 C) corresponds to a second characteristic, different from the first characteristic, displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface (e.g.,  618 C) with the style of indicating time with the second characteristic (e.g., without displaying the one or more visual elements of the respective system user interface with the style of indicating time with the first characteristic). Updating a style of a displayed time of a system user interface to reflect a style of a displayed time of the wake screen user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake screen user interface would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 A), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a system user interface (e.g.,  618 A), wherein the system user interface includes the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C), and wherein displaying the system user interface includes displaying a first transition animation (e.g., as depicted in  616 ) (e.g., morph, zoom, and/or wipe) from the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A) to the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A), and wherein the first transition animation is at least partially based on the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  608 B and/or  613 B are displayed during the transition animation). In some embodiments, displaying the set of widgets in response to the second input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures) includes, displaying a second transition animation from second wake screen user interface to the set of widgets, and wherein the second transition animation is at least partially based on the second wake screen user interface and is different from the first transition animation. In some embodiments, the first transition animation is the same as the second transition animation. In some embodiments, the first transition animation includes gradually repositioning a graphical object from a first position within the first wake screen user interface to a second position within the system user interface. In some embodiments, repositioning includes gradually changing the size of the graphical object from a first size to a second size. Displaying different animations when transitioning between different wake user interfaces and a respective system user interface provides the user with feedback about the current state of system user interface and provides visual feedback to the user indicating which wake screen user interface was just displayed and which wake screen user interface would be displayed in response to an additional input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F,  614 C, and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 V  and/or widgets  614 A,  614 F,  614 F,  614 C, and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 AF ) (e.g., after displaying a respective wake user interface), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g.,  602  and/or  604 ), a third input (e.g., counterclockwise rotational input  612 AJ in  FIG.  6 AF  and/or depress input  612 U in  FIG.  6 V )(e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures) of a second type (e.g., counterclockwise rotational input  612 AJ in  FIG.  6 AF  and/or depress input  612 U in  FIG.  6 V ) (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, air gesture(s)s, and/or an input that is the reverse of the first type), different from the first type (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 A). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third input of the second type (e.g., counterclockwise rotational input  612 AJ in  FIG.  6 AF  and/or depress input  612 U in  FIG.  6 V ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays a respective wake user interface (e.g., watch face  606 C and/or  606 B). In some embodiments, the respective wake user interface corresponds to the first wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, the respective wake user interface corresponds to the second wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, the respective wake user interface corresponds to the wake user interface that was displayed when the respective user input was received to display the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the computer system returns to the previously displayed wake user interface when an input is received (while displaying the set of widgets) that is the reverse of the input of the first type. Displaying a respective wake user interface in response to a rotational input in an opposite direction provides for a quick and easy way to return to the respective wake screen user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A-C) displayed in response to the first input (e.g.,  612 A) are displayed in an order (e.g., positioning and/or arrangement) that is user-specified (e.g., a user can specify/change order or widgets as depicted via  FIGS.  6 J- 6 U ). In some embodiments, prior to displaying the second wake screen user interface, computer system detects a set of one or more inputs to reorder the set of widgets from a first order to a second order, different from the first order; and in response to detecting the second input, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the set of widgets in the second order (that is a user-specified order). Displaying the widgets in a user specified order allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a first set of computer system context criteria (e.g., based on location of the computer system, current time, network connectivity status, and/or battery charge) for a first widget (e.g.,  614 A and  614 H) is met (e.g., widget  614 A corresponds to widget displayed based on current day criteria (e.g., appointment today) and/or widget  614 H corresponds to a widget displayed based on time (e.g., time to leave for appointment)), the set of widgets includes the first widget. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the set of computer system context criteria (e.g., based on location of the computer system, current time, network connectivity status, and/or battery charge) for the first widget (e.g., widget  614 H) is not met (e.g., time criteria for widget  614 H is not met because it is not within a threshold amount of time before appointment), the set of widgets does not include the first widget (e.g., widget  614 H is not displayed in  FIG.  6 V ). In some embodiments, multiple (e.g., all, two or more) system context criterions (e.g., based on location of the computer system, current time, network connectivity status, and/or battery charge) from the set of computer system context criteria (e.g., based on location of the computer system, current time, network connectivity status, and/or battery charge) for a first widget must be met to include the first widget within the set of widgets. Selecting widgets to display based on a determined device context (e.g., automatically and/or without additional user input) allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a live session (e.g., a graphical user interface object that has status information for an ongoing event that is updated periodically with more current information about the ongoing event such as updated information about a timer, an alarm, a score for a sport event, an ongoing weather event, an ongoing media playback operation, a delivery or transportation event, navigation directions, and/or stocks) is available (e.g., active, started, executing, launched, and/or displayed on the computer system or a companion computer system), the set of widgets includes a second widget (e.g.,  614 G and/or  614 I) that corresponds to the live session. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a live session is not available (e.g., is not active, has not been started, and/or is not executing on the computer system or a companion computer system), the set of widgets does not include the second widget that corresponds to the live session (e.g., widget  614 G is not displayed in  FIG.  6 V  and/or widget  614 I is not displayed in  FIG.  6 A- 6 AS ). Automatically including widgets that correspond to live activities allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the live session (e.g., phone session corresponding to widget  614 I) is generated based on information from an application (e.g., phone application corresponding to widget  614 I) of the computer system (e.g.,  600 ). Automatically including widgets that correspond to live activities from the device allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the live session (e.g., timer session corresponding to widget  614 G) is generated based on information from an application (e.g., timer application corresponding to widget  614 G) of a companion computer system (e.g.,  601 ) (e.g., smartphone, watch, television, tablet, and/or headphones) that is different from the computer system (e.g.,  600 ). Automatically including widgets that correspond to live activities from a companion device allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input or the need for the user to access the companion computer system. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a first subset of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F, and  614 C in  FIG.  6 AE ) and a second subset of widgets (e.g., widget  614 E in  FIG.  6 AF ) different from the first subset of widgets and wherein displaying the set of widgets in response to detecting the second input includes displaying the first subset of widgets of the set of widgets without displaying the second subset of widgets of the set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F, and  614 C in  FIG.  6 AE ). In some embodiments, while displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.  602 ), the first subset of widgets of the set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 B,  614 A,  614 F, and  614 C in  FIG.  6 AE ), computer system (e.g.  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602  and/or  604 ), a fourth input (e.g.,  612 AH in  FIG.  6 AE ) (e.g., of the first type, touch input, clockwise/counterclockwise rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). In some embodiments, in response to computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detecting the fourth input (e.g.,  612 AH in  FIG.  6 AE ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the second subset of widgets of the set of widgets (e.g., widget  614 E in  FIG.  6 AF ) (e.g., without displaying the first subset of widgets of the set of widgets) (e.g., by scrolling through widgets of the set of widgets). In some embodiments, the first subset of widgets and the second subset of widgets have no widgets in common. In some embodiments, the first subset of widgets and the second subset of widgets have at least one widget in common. Displaying additional widgets in response to a further navigational input provides the user with a quick and easy way to view additional widgets and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the set of widgets (e.g., widget  614 A,  614 E, and/or  614 F in  FIG.  6 AO ) (e.g., including the first subset and/or the second subset of widgets), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g.,  604 ), a fifth input (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 AT in  FIG.  6 AO ) (e.g., of the first type, a touch input, clockwise/counterclockwise rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gestures). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fifth input (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 AT in  FIG.  6 AO ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a set of application icons (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D in  FIGS.  6 AP and  6 AQ ) for initiating the display of respective applications. In some embodiments, activation (e.g., tap on and/or selection of) a respective application icon causes displays of application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, the set of applications are displayed within an application launcher user interface such as a home screen user interface. Displaying an application launcher user interface in response to a further navigational input provides the user with a quick and easy way to access the application launcher user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) includes a physical property (e.g., a size and/or corner radius of the display generation component). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the physical property of the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) corresponds to a first physical property value (e.g., a size and/or corner radius of the display generation component), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C) with a first layout property (e.g., distance between the set of widgets and the edge of the display, distance between each of the widgets, and/or overlap of each of the widgets). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the physical property of the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) corresponds to a second physical property value (e.g., a size and/or corner radius of the display generation component) different from the first physical property value, the computer system  600  displays the set of widgets with a second layout property, different from the first layout property (e.g., distance between the set of widgets and the edge of the display, distance between each of the widgets, and/or overlap of each of the widgets). Modifying the layout of the widget user interface based on the dimensions of the displays allows for the widget user interface to be adapted to different screens and displayed with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A), computer system  600  detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ), a first set of one or more inputs (e.g.,  612 G), wherein the first set of one or more inputs includes a swipe input. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first set of one or more inputs, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the second wake screen user interface. In some embodiments, the first set of one or more inputs is a swipe input and/or crown rotation input. Changing wake screen user interfaces from one to another in response to a swipe input provides the user with a quick and easy way to change the wake screens, and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the first set of one or more inputs further includes a touch input (e.g.,  612 AC) exceeding a predetermined time threshold (e.g., non-zero-time threshold). In some embodiments, the touch input is a long press (e.g., using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture). In some embodiments, the first set of one or more inputs is a long press (e.g., on a touch-sensitive surface or a touchscreen) followed by a swipe input (e.g., on the touch-sensitive surface or a touchscreen). In some embodiments, a tap input in an input at a location for a first period of time. A long press input is a sustained input on the (substantially the same) location for a second period of time, wherein the second period of time is longer than the first period of time. Changing wake screen user interfaces from one to another in response to a swipe input provides the user with a quick and easy way to change the wake screens, and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A) includes a first complication (e.g.,  610 A and  610 B) from a set of complications and wherein the set of widgets includes a widget (e.g.,  614 E) that includes one or more complications of the set of complications. In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock/watch face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute. In some embodiments, complications provide different types of information to a user, such as data obtained from an application, and the information conveyed to a user by a complication. In some embodiments, the first complication corresponds to one of the widgets in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the first complication does not correspond to any of the widget in the set of widgets. Selecting widgets from a set of complications used for watch faces provides the user with a quick and easy way to select which widgets will be included in the set of widgets, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the first wake screen user interface (e.g.,  606 A- 606 H) is a time user interface. In some embodiments, the time user interface includes a digital or analog representation of a current time that updates as time progresses. In some embodiments, the time user interface includes additional information, such as a present date (e.g., day, month, and/or year). In some embodiments, the second wake screen user interface is a time user interface. Including an indication of the current time in the wake screen user interface reduces the number of inputs needed to check the time as it will be displayed when the wake screen interface is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C) includes displaying the set of widgets as a stack (e.g., at least one widget in the set of widgets at least partially overlaps a second widget in the set of widgets). In some embodiments, displaying the set of widgets as a stack includes displaying the set of widgets with a simulated depth (e.g., using size, blurring, darkening, shadows and/or some other visual cue to indicate that a first widget is higher within the stack than a second widget that is partially obscured by the first widget). Displaying the widgets as a stack allows for more widgets to be displayed at the same time and reflects that additional widgets are available for access and, as a result, improves visual feedback. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  700  (e.g.,  FIG.  7   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, method  800  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to method  700 . For example, both are used to display widgets. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIG.  8    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for  800  using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  800  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., watch crown, watch dial, and/or wheel). In some embodiments, the rotatable input mechanism is positioned along an edge (e.g., side, boundary, and/or border) of a housing of the computer system. In some embodiments, an axis of rotation of the rotatable input mechanism is parallel to a surface (e.g., top surface and/or top of the display) of the display generation component. In some embodiments, the rotatable input mechanism rotates around the axis of rotation that is parallel to a surface of the display generation component. 
     Some operations in method  800  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  800  provides an intuitive way for displaying and/or editing widgets. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying and editing widgets, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display and edit various widgets faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     Computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 802 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a time user interface (e.g.,  606 A) (e.g., a watch user interface that includes an indication of a current time, a watch face, and/or a lock screen). While displaying the time user interface (e.g.,  606 A), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects ( 804 ), via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a first rotational input (e.g.,  612 A) with a respective magnitude. In response to detecting the first rotational input and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input(e.g.,  612 A) is a first magnitude (e.g., an amount of rotation that is greater than (e.g., greater than or equal to) a first threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 1 and 360 (e.g., 1, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)) and is less than a second threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 2 and 360 (e.g., 2, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)), a first rotational speed of the first rotational input that is greater than speed threshold (e.g., zero or any speed above zero), a duration of rotational input greater than a duration threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, or 10 seconds), and/or a velocity of rotational input greater than a velocity threshold), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 806 ), via the display generation component a set of one or more widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C) (e.g., a plurality of widgets, set of widgets, and/or a stack of widgets) (e.g., prior to displaying an application launcher user interface such as a home screen user interface and/or without displaying an application launcher user interface such as a home screen user interface). In some embodiments, the set of one or more widgets includes a widget that includes a user interface element that includes content and/or information from a respective application (e.g., a first widget of the set of one or more widgets displays information from a first application (without displaying information from a second application) and a second widget of the set of one or more widgets includes information from the second application (e.g., with or without displaying information from the first application)). In some embodiments, the one or more widgets includes a widget that includes information that is updated over time in response to the computer system receiving updated or additional information from a respective application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of (e.g., via a tap input on or a non-tap input, an input using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture) a widget of the one or more widgets, the computer system displays a user interface of a respective application associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the selected widget (e.g., an application from which received information is displayed by the selected widget). In some embodiments, the size, position, appearance, and/or content displayed by a widget is user-configured and/or user-configurable (e.g., via user input). In some embodiments, the one or more widgets is a stack of widget that represent a set of two or more widgets through which the computer system can scroll (e.g., in response to receiving a user scroll input and/or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the set of one or more widgets includes content from a subset (e.g., one, two, and/or less than all) of widgets of the computer system at a time (e.g., the stack of widgets displays content from a single widget of available widgets without displaying content from any other available widgets while optionally displaying at least a portion of a second widget). In some embodiments, the widgets of the set of one or more widgets are arranged in a sequence, and in response to input (e.g., user input and/or system input), the computer system changes the sequence in which the widgets of the set of one or more widgets are arranged based on the input (e.g., changes which widget is on top or first in the sequence). In response to detecting the first rotational input and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input (e.g.,  612 A and/or continuation of  612 A that includes  612 B,  612 C,  612 D, and/or  612 E) is a second magnitude (e.g., (more than the first amount of rotation or less than the first amount of rotation), (higher speed than the first rotational speed) or slower speed than the first rotational speed)), a first rotational speed of the first rotational input that is greater than speed threshold (e.g., zero or any speed above zero), a duration of rotational input greater than a duration threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, or 10 seconds), and/or a velocity of rotational input greater than a velocity threshold) that is different from the first magnitude, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 808 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), an application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) that includes one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D) (e.g., affordances) for launching one or more applications (e.g., subsequent to displaying the set of one or more widgets or without displaying the one or more widgets). In some embodiments, an application launcher user interface such as a home screen user interface includes a set of one or more graphical objects corresponding to a set of one or more apps, and wherein when a respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects is activated and/or selected (e.g., via an input via a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture), the computer system displays a user interface of a respective application that corresponds to the respective graphical object. In some embodiments the first rotational input includes an amount of rotation that is based on the degree(s) (e.g., angle and/or gradation) of rotation between 1 and 360 (e.g., 1, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360) of the rotatable input mechanism relative to the starting position of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the amount of rotation is based on the duration of the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the amount of rotation is the combination of angle and duration. In some embodiments, the amount of rotation is based solely on the angle of rotation/or duration of the rotation. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A) is below a threshold (e.g., the amount of first rotational input is below a threshold and/or the speed of the first rotational input is below threshold), the set of one or more widgets (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) are not displayed (e.g., the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) foregoes displaying the set of one or more widgets and/or the wake screen (e.g.,  613 A) continues to be displayed without displaying the widgets (e.g.  614 A- 614 C) or the application launcher (e.g.,  622 )). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A) is below a threshold (e.g., the amount of first rotational input is below a threshold and/or the speed of the first rotational input is below threshold), the set of one or more widgets (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) are partially displayed (e.g., widget  614 A in  FIG.  6 B ) (e.g., the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) foregoes displaying (e.g., fully displaying) the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A and/or any one of  618 D- 618 H) and/or at least a portion of the wake screen (e.g.,  613 A) continues to be displayed without displaying the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A and/or any one of  618 D- 618 H). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A and/or magnitude of rotational input  612 D) is below a threshold (e.g., the amount of first rotational input (e.g., rotational input  612 A and/or rotational input  612 D) is below a threshold and/or the speed of the first rotational input (e.g., rotational input  612 A and/or rotational input  612 D) is below threshold), the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622  in  FIG.  6 F ) is not displayed (e.g., the computer system foregoes displaying application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622  in  FIG.  6 F ) and/or the set of one or more widgets continues to be displayed without displaying (e.g., fully displaying) the application launcher user interface). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A and/or magnitude of rotational input  612 D) is below a threshold (e.g., the amount of first rotational input (e.g., rotational input  612 A and/or rotational input  612 D) is below a threshold and/or the speed of the first rotational input (e.g., rotational input  612 A and/or rotational input  612 D) is below threshold), the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622  in  FIG.  6 F ) is partially displayed (e.g., application icons (e.g.,  620 A,  620 B, and/or  620 C) in  FIG.  6 E  are not displayed, displayed at a size different than (e.g., smaller or larger) application icons (e.g.,  620 A,  620 B, and/or  620 C) in  FIG.  6 F ), and/or application icons (e.g.,  620 A,  620 B, and/or  620 C) in  FIG.  6 E  are displayed with a different visual style (e.g., color, transparency, hue, and/or brightness) than application icons (e.g.,  620 A,  620 B, and/or  620 C) in  FIG.  6 E ), and/or the set of one or more widgets (e.g., widget  614 E in  FIG.  6 E ) continues to be displayed without displaying (e.g., fully displaying) the application launcher user interface  622 ). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A) is above a first threshold (e.g., the amount of first rotational input is below a threshold and/or the speed of the first rotational input is below threshold) and that the first magnitude (e.g., magnitude of rotational input  612 A) is below a second threshold different from the first threshold, maintaining displaying the set of one of more widgets (e.g., widgets in  618 A) (e.g., forging to display the application launcher user interface)). Displaying either a set of one or more widgets or an application user interface based on a magnitude of a singular input reduces the number of inputs needed to display either interface as both interfaces can be accessed via one input. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  612 A and/or continuation of  612 A that includes  612 B and/or  612 C) and in accordance with the determination that the respective magnitude of the first rotational input (e.g.,  612 A and/or  612 A and/or continuation of  612 A that includes  612 B and/or  612 C) is the second magnitude and prior to displaying the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ), displaying, via the display generation component, the set of one or more widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 E). In some embodiments, while continuing detecting the first rotational input and prior to displaying the application launcher user interface, scrolling the set of one or more widgets. Displaying the set of one or more widgets before displaying the application launcher user interface allows for the user to see the result of the gradual rotation input and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) is in communication with (e.g., includes and/or in wired/wireless communication with) one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602  and/or button  605 ) (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface, a touchscreen, a button, and/or a microphone) and wherein the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) includes a first set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 A- 620 C) (e.g., icons and/or buttons) corresponding to a set of one or more applications. In some embodiments, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g.,  602 ), an input (e.g., touch input, clockwise/counterclockwise rotational input, press input, swipe input, an input using a mouse/cursor, air gesture(s), and/or tap/depress of a rotatable input mechanism) corresponding to a respective graphical object (e.g.,  620 A- 620 C) of the first set of one or more graphical objects. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input corresponding to the respective graphical object (e.g.,  620 A- 620 C) of the first set of one or more graphical objects, displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface for a respective application corresponding to the respective graphical object. Displaying an application launcher user interface with graphical objects for launching applications provides the user with a quick and easy way to launch applications and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) that includes the first set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D in  FIG.  6 AP ), detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a second rotational input (e.g.,  612 AU). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second rotational input (e.g.,  612 AU), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) scrolls (e.g., up, down, and/or diagonally) the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ), wherein scrolling the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) includes displaying a second set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 E) different from the first set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D in  FIG.  6 AP ). In some embodiments, a first set of one or more graphical objects includes more graphical object than a second set of one or more graphical objects, or vice versa. In some embodiments, while the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) that includes first set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D), the computer system detects a swipe input and/or drag input (e.g., a swipe input and/or drag input via touch sensitive portion of  602 ); and in response to detecting the drag input or swipe input, the computer system scrolls so that a second set of one or more graphical objects different from the first set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  620 E) is displayed. In some embodiments, scrolling the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) includes shifting a portion of a first respective graphical object (e.g.,  620 E not visible in  FIG.  6 AP ) (e.g., a graphical object that is not or only partially visible) into an application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) region from one side and shifting a second respective graphical (e.g.,  620 D) (e.g., a graphical object that is fully or only partially visible) out of the application launcher user interface region on another (e.g., opposite) side (e.g.,  620 D is no longer visible in  FIG.  6 AQ ). Scrolling the application launcher user interface provides the user with a quick and easy way to view additional application graphical objects and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the time user interface (e.g.,  606 B in  FIG.  6 H ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a first press input (e.g.,  612 I). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first press input, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ). In some embodiments, the first press input (e.g.,  612 U) is detected or directed to while not displaying the time user interface (e.g., interface in  FIG.  6 V ) (e.g., a different user interface is displayed), and in response to detecting the first press input (e.g.,  612 U)while not displaying the time user interface, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) that includes affordances for launching one or more applications (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D). In some embodiments, while displaying the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622  in  FIG.  6 AP ) that includes affordances for launching one or more applications (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects an input (e.g., tap, double tap, long press, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) corresponding (e.g., directed) to a respective application affordance (e.g.,  620 A- 620 D) from the affordances for launching one or more applications, and in response to detecting the input (e.g., an input directed to one of  620 A- 620 D), the computer system displays a respective application corresponding to the respective application affordance. In some embodiments, the first press input (e.g.,  612 U) via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) is a press (e.g., depress) input in a first direction, wherein the first direction is parallel to an axis of rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the first press input (e.g.,  612 U) via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) is a press (e.g., depress and/or activation) input in a first direction, wherein the first direction is perpendicular to a direction of rotation (e.g., clockwise/counterclockwise) of the rotatable input mechanism. Displaying an application launcher user interface in response to a depression of the rotatable input mechanism while displaying any UI provides for a quick and easy way to display the launcher user interface without needing to navigate a multi-level hierarchy of menus and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the first rotational input (e.g.,  612 A) is in a first direction (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 A) (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise). In some embodiments, while displaying the time user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 C), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a third rotational input in a direction (e.g., counterclockwise rotational input  612 AY) (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) that is opposite the first direction. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third rotational input (e.g., counterclockwise rotational input  612 AY), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a first system user interface (e.g.,  660  in  FIG.  6 AT ), wherein the first system user interface is different from the application launcher user (e.g.,  622 ) interface and does not include the set of one or more widgets. Displaying a first system user interface (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget) in response to a rotational input in an opposite direction while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display the first system user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the first system user interface (e.g.,  660  in  FIG.  6 AT ) includes a set of one more received notifications (e.g.,  660 A in  FIG.  6 AT ) (e.g., message(s), email(s), system notification(s), reminder(s), and/or alert(s)). In some embodiments, the notifications are received from an application on the computer system. In some embodiments, a notification from the set of one or more notifications corresponds to a widget from the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, none of the notifications from the set of one or more notifications correspond any of the widgets in the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., touch input (e.g., tap input or long press)), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture on/directed to) a respective notification displays a user interface of an application corresponding to the respective notification. Displaying a user interface with notifications (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget) in response to a rotational input in an opposite direction while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display notifications and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation and provides the user with visual feedback of received notifications. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a second press input (e.g.,  612 AV) (e.g., a single press or a double press of the crown). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second press input, computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the first system user interface (e.g.,  660 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a depress gesture on a rotatable input mechanism while displaying the application launcher user interface, the computer system displays the time user interface instead of the first system user interface. Displaying a user interface with notifications in response to a depression of the rotatable input mechanism while displaying an application launcher provides for a quick and easy way to display the user interface with notifications and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) includes a physical button (e.g.,  605 ) (e.g., a capacitive button, a mechanical button, and/or a physically detectable button positioned along a body (e.g., housing and/or outer casing) of the computer system). In some embodiments, while displaying the time user interface (e.g.,  606 C in  FIG.  6 AS ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the physical button (e.g.,  605 ), a third press input (e.g.,  612 AZ). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third press input (e.g.,  612 AZ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a second system user interface (e.g.,  658 ), wherein the second system user interface (e.g.,  658 ) is different from the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ), does not include the set of one or more widgets, and is different from the first system user interface (e.g.,  660 ). In some embodiments, the third press input is detected while not displaying the time user interface (e.g., a different user interface is displayed), and in response to detecting the third press input while not displaying the time user interface, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the second system user interface. Displaying a second system user interface (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget, different from the first system user interface) in response to button press while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display the second system user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the second system user interface (e.g.,  658 ) includes a set of one more graphical objects (e.g.,  658 A- 658 D) that, when activated, initiate a process to modify a setting (e.g., a system setting, wireless setting, cellular setting, mode type setting, battery status, airplane mode setting, and/or flashlight mode or brightness setting) of the computer system (e.g.,  600 ). In some embodiments, while displaying the second system user interface (e.g.,  658 ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects activation (e.g., tap, double tap, long press, and/or air gesture) of a respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects (e.g., any one of  658 A- 658 D). In some embodiments, in response to detecting activation of the respective graphical object (e.g., any one of  658 A- 658 D), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process to modify (e.g., modifying) a respective system (e.g., computer system) setting corresponding to the respective graphical object (e.g., one of  658 A- 658 D). In some embodiments, the activation of the respective graphical object of the set of one or more graphical objects includes a set of one or more inputs (e.g., an input directed to one of  658 A- 658 D) In some embodiments, a respective system setting corresponds to a battery status and modifying the respective system setting corresponding to the battery status includes transitioning the computer system into a low-power state from a regular (e.g., normal and/or non-low battery) power state (e.g., an input directed to  658 D initiates a process to transition the computer system into a low-power state from a regular power state). In some embodiments, a respective system setting corresponds to a wireless setting and modifying the respective system setting corresponding to the wireless setting includes transitioning the computer system from a first wireless state (e.g., on) to a second wireless state (e.g., different from the first wireless state) (e.g., off) (e.g., an input directed to  658 B initiates a process to transition the computer system from a first wireless state (e.g., on) to a second wireless state (e.g., different from the first wireless state) (e.g., off)). In some embodiments, a respective system setting corresponds to brightness setting and modifying the respective system setting corresponding to the brightness setting includes transitioning the computer system from a first brightness setting (e.g., high, med, or low) to a second brightness setting (e.g., different from the first brightness state) (e.g., high, medium, or low) (e.g., an input directed to a respective graphical object displayed in  658  a initiates a process to transition the computer system from a first brightness setting (e.g., high, med, or low) to a second brightness setting (e.g., different from the first brightness state) (e.g., high, medium, or low). Displaying a user interface with system level controls (e.g., different from the application launcher user interface and does not include the set of one or more widget, different from the first system user interface) in response to button press while displaying the time user interface provides for a quick and easy way to display the user interface with system level controls and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the physical button (e.g.,  605 ), a fourth press input (e.g.,  612 AW) (e.g., a single press or a double press of the physical button). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourth press input (e.g.,  612 AW), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the second system user interface (e.g.,  658 ). Displaying a user interface with system-level controls in response to button press while displaying an application launcher provides for a quick and easy way to display the user interface with system level controls and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the set of one or more widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 E) includes a widget (e.g.,  614 E) that includes one or more complications (e.g.,  638 A and/or  638 E) of a set of complications. In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock/watch face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute. In some embodiments, complications provide different types of information to a user, such as data obtained from an application, and the information conveyed to a user by a complication. In some embodiments, a complication corresponds to one of the widgets in the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, a complication does not correspond to any of the widgets in the set of one or more widgets. In some embodiments, a complication includes an affordance that when selected launches a corresponding application. In some embodiments, a complication is displayed at a fixed, predefined location on the display. In some embodiments, complications occupy respective locations at particular regions of a watch face (e.g., lower-right, lower-left, upper-right, and/or upper-left). In some embodiments, a respective complication from the one or more complications includes a user interface element representing an application and displays information obtained from the application. In some embodiments, the one or more complications are user-customizable (e.g., the user can configure one or more aspects of the complication). Selecting widgets from a set of complications used for watch faces provides the user with a quick and easy way to select which widgets will be included in the set of widgets, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  800  (e.g.,  FIG.  8   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below/above. For example, method  800  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above/below with reference to methods  700 ,  900 , and  1000 . For example, methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000  are used to display and/or edit widgets. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for  900  using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  900  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., watch crown, watch dial, and/or wheel). In some embodiments, the rotatable input mechanism is positioned along an edge (e.g., side, boundary, and/or border) of a housing of the computer system. In some embodiments, an axis of rotation of the rotatable input mechanism is parallel to a surface (e.g., top surface and/or top of the display) of the display generation component. In some embodiments, the rotatable input mechanism rotates around the axis of rotation that is parallel to a surface of the display generation component. 
     Some operations in method  900  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  900  provides an intuitive way for displaying and/or editing widgets. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying and editing widgets, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display and edit various widgets faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     While displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a time user interface (e.g., any one of  606 D- 606 H) (e.g., a watch user interface that includes an indication of a current time, a watch face, and/or a lock screen), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects ( 902 ), via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a rotational input (e.g., e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  612 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) (e.g., clockwise and/or counterclockwise rotational input). In response to detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  612 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) and in accordance with a determination that a respective type of input (e.g.,  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ, and/or  612 BT) (e.g., a touch input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)s or other input directed toward the user interface) was detected by the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) within a time threshold (e.g., 0.001, 01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, or 10, seconds) of detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  612 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) performs ( 904 ) a first operation (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 AW,  6 BA,  6 BE,  6 BI , and/or  6 BM) corresponding to the time user interface (e.g., any one of  606 D- 606 H). In some embodiments, performing an operation corresponding to the time user interface includes changing the content that the time user interface displays, changing the way the time user interface operates, and/or changing how content is displayed as part of the time user interface. In some embodiments, performing an operation corresponding to the time user interface includes ceasing to display the current time user interface and displaying a different time user interface. In response to detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  612 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) and in accordance with a determination that the respective type of input (e.g.,  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ, and/or  612 BT) was not detected within the time threshold of detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  612 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) performs ( 906 ) a second operation, different from the first operation, that includes displaying, via the display generation component, a system user interface (e.g., any one of  618 D- 618 H). In some embodiments, displaying the system user interface includes displaying a set of one or more widgets (e.g., stack of widgets). In some embodiments, the set of one or more widgets includes a widget that includes a user interface element that includes content and/or information from a respective application (e.g., a first widget of the stack of widgets displays information from a first application (without displaying information from a second application) and a second widget of the set of one or more widgets includes information from the second application (e.g., with or without displaying information from the first application)). In some embodiments, the one or more widgets includes a widget that includes information that is updated over time in response to the computer system receiving updated or additional information from a respective application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of (e.g., via a tap input on or a non-tap input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) a widget of the one or more widgets, the computer system displays a user interface of a respective application associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the selected widget (e.g., an application from which received information is displayed by the selected widget). In some embodiments, the size, position, appearance, and/or content displayed by a widget is user-configured and/or user-configurable (e.g., via user input and/or selection). In some embodiments, the one or more widgets is a stack of widget that represent a set of two or more widgets through which the computer system can scroll (e.g., in response to receiving a user scroll input and/or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the set of one or more widgets includes content from a subset (e.g., one, two, and/or less than all) of widgets of the computer system at a time (e.g., the stack of widgets displays content from a single widget of available widgets without displaying content from any other available widgets while optionally displaying at least a portion of a second widget). In some embodiments, the widgets of the set of one or more widgets are arranged in a sequence, and in response to input (e.g., user input and/or system input), the computer system changes the sequence in which the widgets of the set of one or more widgets are arranged based on the input (e.g., changes which widget is on top or first in the sequence). While displaying a time user interface, performing either a first operation or a second operation in response to a rotational input based on whether an input (e.g., different than the rotational input) was detected within a threshold of time of detecting the rotational input provides the user with addition control options without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls. 
     In some embodiments, the system user interface (e.g.,  618 A and/or any one of  618 D- 618 H) includes a set of widgets (e.g., any permutation of  614 A- 614 C). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a widget that includes a user interface element that includes content and/or information from a respective application (e.g., a first widget of the set of widgets displays information from a first application (e.g., with or without displaying information from a second application) and a second widget of the set of widgets displays information from the second application (without displaying information from the first application)). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a widget that includes information that is updated over time in response to the computer system receiving updated or additional information from a respective application. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection (e.g., via a tap input on or a non-tap input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) of a widget of the set of widgets, the computer system displays a user interface of a respective application associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the selected widget (e.g., an application from which received information is displayed by the selected widget). In some embodiments, the size, position, appearance, and/or content displayed by a widget is user-configured and/or user configurable (e.g., via user input). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is a representation of a set of two or more widgets through which the computer system can scroll (e.g., in response to receiving a user scroll input and/or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes content from a subset (e.g., one, two, and/or less than all) of widgets at a time (e.g., the set of widgets displays content from a single widget of available widgets without displaying content from any other available widgets while optionally displaying at least a portion of a second widget). In some embodiments, the set of widgets is arranged in a sequence, and in response to input (e.g., user input and/or system input), the computer system changes the sequence in which the set of widgets are arranged based on the input (e.g., changes which widget is on top or first in the sequence). In some embodiments, the widget is a graphical object that allows a user to interact with an application or website. In some embodiments, a widget represents a specific function or piece of information. In some embodiments, a widget includes a combination of at least one graphical object (e.g., button, and/or icon) that, when activated, perform an action, and a graphical object (e.g., text box, and/or notification) that includes information. In some embodiments, a widget corresponds to a complication displayed in a watch face. Displaying a widget user interface in response to an input from the time user interface allows a user to quickly and easily access the necessary/desired information corresponding to an application and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, performing a first operation corresponding to the time user interface (e.g.,  606 E) includes modifying (e.g., changing a background of a watch face, changing a numeral typeface of a watch face, adjusting a control setting for watch face, adjusting a simulated time of day, and/or navigating through contextually relevant information that is different from the set of widgets) the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 BA  via the changed appearance of the numerals and/or as depicted in  FIG.  6 BI  via the changed position of the sun). Adjusting the time user interface directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily make modifications to the time user interface in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, modifying the time user interface (e.g.,  606 D) includes changing a characteristic (e.g., color, hue, translucency, one or more animated visual elements, and/or image) of a background of the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 AW  via the changed appearance of  606 D 1  and  606 D 2 ). Adjusting the background of the time user interface directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily make modifications to the time user interface in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, the time user interface (e.g.,  606 E) includes a set of one or more numerals (e.g., depicted in  608 K) and wherein modifying the time user interface includes changing a characteristic (e.g., size, position, color, hue, translucency, one or more animated visual elements, and/or image) of a numeral (e.g., as depicted in  608 K in  FIG.  6 BA ) (e.g., a plurality of numerals) of set of one or more numerals (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 BA , the numerals change size). In some embodiments, changing a characteristic (e.g., color, hue, translucence, font, and/or typeface) of a numeral includes changing the characteristic (e.g., color, hue, translucence, font, and/or typeface) of multiple numerals of the watch face. Adjusting the numerals of the time user interface directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily make modifications to the time user interface in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, time user interface (e.g.,  606 F) includes a control setting (e.g., a value that changes how the watch face operates) and wherein modifying the time user interface includes changing the control setting (e.g., as depicted in  608 M in  FIG.  6 BE ) (e.g., selecting a value from a list of scrollable (e.g., vertically, horizontally, or around a watch face) values and/or changing the position of the representation of the control setting). Adjusting a control setting of the time user interface directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily make modifications to the time user interface in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, the time user interface (e.g.,  606 G) includes a representation of a simulated time of day (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 BH  in  608 O) and wherein modifying the time user interface includes changing the representation (e.g., selecting a value from a list of scrollable (e.g., vertically, horizontally, or around a watch face) values, changing the position of the representation of the simulated time of day, and/or changing the value corresponding to the representation of the simulated time of day) of the simulated time of day (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 BI  in  608 O). Adjusting a simulated time of day of the time user interface directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily make modifications to the time user interface in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, time user interface (e.g.,  606 Q) includes a set of one or more graphical objects (e.g.,  606 H 1  and  606 H 2 ) that are selected for display based on contextual information (e.g., location of the computer system, current time, network connectivity status, and/or battery charge) corresponding to the computer system and wherein modifying the time user interface includes navigating (e.g., scrolling, such as vertically, horizontally, and/or diagonally) the set of the one or more graphical objects (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 BM ). Navigating through contextually relevant information that is different from the widgets directly from time user interface without needing to go into a different user interface allows a user to quickly and easily access contextually relevant information in a singular user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the operation. 
     In some embodiments, the respective type of input is a tap input (e.g.,  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ, and/or  612 BT) (e.g., using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture). While displaying a time user interface, performing either a first operation or a second operation in response to a rotational input based on whether a tap was detected within a threshold of time of detecting the rotational input provides the user with addition control options without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls. 
     In some embodiments, the respective type of input is a swipe input (e.g., (a swipe input at a location corresponding to  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ,  612 BT),  612 BE, and/or  612 BR) (e.g., using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture). While displaying a time user interface, performing either a first operation or a second operation in response to a rotational input based on whether a swipe was detected within a threshold of time of detecting the rotational input provides the user with addition control options without cluttering the UI with additional displayed controls. 
     In some embodiments, the respective type of input (e.g.,  612 BF) is detected prior to detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the respective type of input ( 612 BF), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) changes a visual element (e.g.,  606 D 3  in  FIG.  6 AW ) (e.g., font, typeface, color, animation style, character properties (e.g., hands, face, body, and/or clothes), and/or size) of the time user interface. While displaying a time user interface, in response to detecting a respective input, adjusting the time user interface provides the user with an additional and easy way of modifying the time user interface without needing to display an additional user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BH) includes a respective magnitude. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude (e.g., corresponding to  612 BH) is a first magnitude (e.g., an amount of rotation that is greater than (e.g., greater than or equal to) a first threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 1 and 360 (e.g., 1, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)) and is less than a second threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 2 and 360 (e.g., 2, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)) and/or a first rotational speed of the first rotational input that is greater than speed threshold (e.g., zero or any speed above zero), the first operation is a third operation and the second operation is a fourth operation. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude (e.g., corresponding to  612 BH) is a second magnitude that is different from the first magnitude, the first operation is a fifth operation that is different from the third operation and the second operation is a sixth operation that is different from the fourth operation. In some embodiments, the rotational input includes a respective magnitude, wherein the first operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude is a first magnitude (e.g., an amount of rotation that is greater than (e.g., greater than or equal to) a first threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 1 and 360 (e.g., 1, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)) and is less than a second threshold amount of rotation (e.g., degree(s) and/or angle of rotation between 2 and 360 (e.g., 2, 10, 45, 90, 180, or 360)) and/or a first rotational speed of the first rotational input that is greater than speed threshold (e.g., zero or any speed above zero), and wherein the second operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude is the first magnitude. In some embodiment, in accordance with the determination the respective type of input (e.g., a touch input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s), or other input directed toward the user interface) was detected by the computer system within a time threshold (e.g., 0.001, 01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds) of detecting the rotational input and in accordance with a determination that the respective magnitude is a second magnitude different (e.g., slower speed of rotation, faster speed of rotation, greater amount of rotation, and/or lesser amount of rotation) from the first magnitude, performing a third operation corresponding to the time user interface different from the first operation. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination the respective type of input (e.g., touch input(s), rotational input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)s, or other input directed toward the user interface) was not detected by the computer system within the time threshold (e.g., 0.001, 01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds) of detecting the rotational input and in accordance with the determination that the respective magnitude is the second magnitude (e.g., slower speed of rotation, faster speed of rotation, greater amount of rotation, and/or lesser amount of rotation) different from the first magnitude, performing a fourth operation, different from the second operation. In some embodiments, performing the third operation corresponding to the time user interface (e.g.,  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606 H in  FIG.  6 BL ) includes changing the content that the time user interface displays (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), changing the way the time user interface operates (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), and/or changing how content is displayed as part of the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ). In some embodiments, performing the fourth operation includes scrolling the set of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 AD- 6 AF ), displaying an application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) and/or displaying a system control user interface (e.g.,  658 ). In some embodiments, performing the fifth operation corresponding to the time user interface (e.g.,  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606 H in  FIG.  6 BL ) includes changing the content that the time user interface displays (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), changing the way the time user interface operates (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), and/or changing how content is displayed as part of the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ). In some embodiments, performing the sixth operation includes scrolling the set of widgets, displaying an application launcher user interface and/or displaying a system control user interface. While displaying a time user interface, changing the first and second operations based on magnitude of the rotational input provides the user with additional controls without needing to display an addition user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BH and/or  612 AY) includes a respective direction (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 BH and/or counterclockwise directions input  612 AY). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective direction (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 BH and/or counterclockwise directions input  612 AY) is a first direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise), the first operation is a third operation and the second operation is a fourth operation. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective direction (e.g., clockwise rotational input  612 BH and/or counterclockwise directions input  612 AY) is a second direction that is different from the first direction, the first operation is a fifth operation that is different from the third operation and the second operation is a sixth operation that is different from the fourth operation. In some embodiments, the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  6112 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) includes a respective direction, wherein the first operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the respective direction is a first direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise), and wherein the second operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the respective direction in the first direction. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination the respective type of input (e.g.,  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ, and/or  612 BT) (e.g., touch input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s), or other input directed toward the user interface) was detected by the computer system within a time threshold (e.g., 0.001, 01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds) of detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  6112 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) and in accordance with a determination that the respective direction is a second direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise) different from the first direction, performing a fifth operation corresponding to the time user interface different from the first operation. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination the respective type of input (e.g.,  612 BF,  612 BJ,  612 BN,  612 BQ, and/or  612 BT) (e.g., touch input(s), rotational input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s), or other input directed toward the user interface) was not detected by the computer system within the time threshold (e.g., 0.001, 01, 0.1, 1, 2, 5, or 10 seconds) of detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  6112 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) and in accordance with the determination that the respective direction is the second direction different from the first direction, performing a sixth operation, different from the second operation. In some embodiments, performing the third operation corresponding to the time user interface includes changing the content that the time user interface displays (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), changing the way the time user interface operates (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), and/or changing how content is displayed as part of the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ). In some embodiments, performing the fourth operation includes scrolling the set of widgets, displaying an application launcher user interface and/or displaying a system control user interface. In some embodiments, performing the fifth operation corresponding to the time user interface includes changing the content that the time user interface displays (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), changing the way the time user interface operates (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ), and/or changing how content is displayed as part of the time user interface (e.g., as depicted in  606 D in  FIG.  6 AV,  606 E  in  FIG.  6 AZ,  606 F  in  FIG.  6 BD,  606 G  in  FIG.  6 BH , and/or  606  in  FIG.  6 BL ). In some embodiments, performing the sixth operation includes scrolling the set of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 AD- 6 AF ), displaying an application launcher user interface (e.g.,  622 ) and/or displaying a system control user interface (e.g.,  658 ). While displaying a time user interface (e.g.,  606 D- 606 H), changing the first and second operations based on the direction of the rotational input provides the user with additional controls without needing to display an addition user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the rotational input (e.g.,  612 BW,  612 BH,  6112 BL,  612 BP, and/or  612 BU) includes a respective direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise). In some embodiments, while displaying the system user interface (e.g.,  616 D in  FIG.  6 AF ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), an additional rotational input (e.g.,  612 AJ) in a direction opposite the respective direction (e.g., clockwise or counterclockwise). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the additional rotational input (e.g.,  612 AJ) in the direction opposite the respective direction, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the time user interface (e.g.,  606 C) (e.g., a watch user interface that includes an indication of a current time, a watch face, and/or a lock screen). In some embodiments, displaying the time user interface (e.g., one of  606 A- 606 H) includes ceasing to display the system user interface (e.g., one of  618 A- 618 H) and/or any one of  616 A- 616 I). In some embodiments, displaying the system user interface includes displaying an animation transition from the system user interface to the time user interface. Displaying a time user interface in response to the rotational input in an opposite direction (e.g., opposite the respective direction) while displaying a set of widgets provides for a quick and easy way to return to the time user interface and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  900  (e.g.,  FIG.  9   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below/above. For example, method  900  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above/below with reference to methods  700 ,  800 , and  1000 . For example, methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000  are used to display widgets and watch faces and edit widgets. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIG.  10    is a flow diagram illustrating a method for  900  using a computer system in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1000  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and a one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 ,  605 ) (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface, a touchscreen, a button, a rotatable input mechanism, a rotatable and depressible input device, and/or a microphone). 
     Some operations in method  1000  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1000  provides an intuitive way for displaying and/or editing widgets. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for displaying and editing widgets, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to display and edit various widgets faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1002 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a respective user interface (e.g., a wake screen user interface such as a watch face and/or a lock screen); In some embodiments, the wake screen user interface is an initially displayed screen of the computer system when the computer system transitions from a low power state (e.g., an off state, a sleeping state, a low power mode, a battery saver mode, and/or an eco-mode) to a higher power state (e.g., an active state, an on state, and/or a normal (non-low power) mode). While displaying the respective user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B in  FIG.  6 V ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects ( 1004 ), via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a first input (e.g.,  612 A and/or  612 V) (e.g., touch input(s), rotational input(s), press input(s), swipe input(s), an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)) of a first type (e.g., rotational input  612 A and/or rotational input  612 V) (e.g., a swipe input, a clockwise rotational input, and/or a tap input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)). In response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 A and/or  612 V) while displaying the respective user interface (e.g.,  606 A and/or  606 B in  FIG.  6 V ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1006 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a set of widgets (e.g., widgets  614 A- 614 C in  FIG.  6 C  and/or widgets  614 G,  614 H,  614 B  614 A,  614 F,  614 C, and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 X ), including one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g.,  614 A in  FIG.  6 C  and/or widgets  614 G,  614 H, and/or  614 A in  FIG.  6 X ). In accordance with a determination that a first widget (e.g.,  614 B,  614 C in  FIG.  6 C and/or  614 B,  614 F,  614 C , and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 X ) was selected (e.g., based on one or more inputs such as user inputs in an editing user interface for the widgets) to be included in the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays( 1008 ) a first widget (e.g.,  614 B,  614 C in  FIG.  6 C and/or  614 B,  614 F,  614 C , and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 X ) in the set of widgets along with (e.g., displayed concurrently with or displayed sequentially in response to a user input such as a drag input, a swipe input, or a rotational input) the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g.,  614 A in  FIG.  6 C  and/or widgets  614 G,  614 H, and/or  614 A in  FIG.  6 X ). In accordance with a determination that a second widget (e.g.,  614 B,  614 C in  FIG.  6 C and/or  614 B,  614 F,  614 C , and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 X ) was selected (e.g., based on one or more inputs such as user inputs in an editing user interface for the widgets) to be included in the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1010 ) the second widget (e.g.,  614 B,  614 C in  FIG.  6 C and/or  614 B,  614 F,  614 C , and/or  614 E in  FIG.  6 X ) in the set of widgets along with ((e.g., displayed concurrently with or displayed sequentially in response to a user input such as a drag input, a swipe input, or a rotational input) the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g.,  614 A in  FIG.  6 C  and/or widgets  614 G,  614 H, and/or  614 A in  FIG.  6 X ). In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the first widget (e.g.,  614 F) was selected (e.g., based on one or more inputs such as user inputs in an editing user interface for the widgets) to be included in the set of widgets and in accordance with the determination that the second widget was selected (e.g.,  614 B selected via pin input in  FIG.  6 J ), including the first widget and the second widget in the set of widgets along with (e.g., displayed concurrently with or displayed sequentially in response to a user input such as a drag input, a swipe input, or a rotational input) the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 X  that shows contextual widgets  614 G and  612 W displayed in the same set of widgets as  614 F and  614 B). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that no widget was selected (e.g., based on one or more inputs such as user inputs in an editing user interface for the widgets) to be included in the set of widgets, displaying the set of widgets includes displaying one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g., without displaying any non-contextually selected widgets) (e.g.,  616 C could  614 G and/or  614 H without displaying other widgets). Displaying set of widgets that includes a one or more contextually selected widgets and a set (one or more) of user selected widgets allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying a set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C in  FIG.  6 I ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a first input (e.g.,  612 J) (e.g., tap, long press, swipe, rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture(s)). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 J), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) enters an editing mode (e.g., interface  626  in  FIG.  6 J ) for the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the input (e.g., touch input (e.g., tap and/or long press), using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) is directed to or detected at (e.g., on) an editing mode button (e.g., a button displayed as part of  618 B). In some embodiments, the input (e.g., long press) is directed to or detected at (e.g., on) a widget in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, entering an editing mode (e.g., interface  626  in  FIG.  6 J ) for the set of widgets includes displaying an editing user interface (e.g., interface  626 ) for the set of widgets, wherein the editing user interface (e.g., interface  626  in  FIG.  6 J ) includes graphical objects (e.g.,  632 A and/or  324 A) for editing the set of widgets that were not displayed prior to entering the editing mode. In some embodiments, the set of graphical objects for editing the set of widgets are displayed concurrently with the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the graphical objects for editing the set of widgets are not displayed with the set of widgets. Allowing a user to edit the set of widgets in an edit mode allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while in the editing mode (e.g., interface  626  in  FIG.  6 J ) for the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a second input (e.g.,  612 K,  612 L,  612 M,  612 P, and/or  612 Q 1 ), (e.g., touch (e.g., tap and/or long press), and/or swipe, an input using a mouse/cursor, and air gesture). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 Q 1 ) and in accordance with a determination that the second input (e.g.,  612 Q 1 ) is directed to a first graphical object (e.g.,  628 ) (e.g., image, icon, and/or button), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process for selecting the first respective widget to be included in the set of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 Q ). In some embodiments, initiating a process for selecting the respective widget to be included in the set of widgets comprises displaying a widget selection user interface that includes all widgets or all available widgets to be added. In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface that includes all widgets or all available widgets available to be added, a user selects one or a plurality of widgets to add to the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the selected widget is automatically (without additional input) added to the set of widgets in response to the selection. In some embodiments, an additional input is detected at (e.g., on) or directed (e.g., on) to a confirmation graphical object that causes the selected widgets to be added the stack or widgets. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 P) and in accordance with a determination that the second input (e.g.,  612 P) is directed to a second graphical object (e.g.,  632 A,  632 B,  632 C,  632 D and/or  632 E) that(e.g., the first widget in the set of widgets, the second widget in the set of widgets, and/or a contextual widget from the one or more contextually selected widgets), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process for removing the second widget from the set of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 O and  6 P ). In some embodiments, initiating a process for removing the second respective widget from the stack of widgets comprises displaying a confirmation user interface to receive user input confirming the removal prior to the computer system removing the second respective widget from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input (e.g.,  612 K and/or  612 L) and in accordance with a determination that the second input (e.g.,  612 K and/or  612 L) is directed to a third graphical object (e.g.,  634 A,  634 B,  634 C,  634 D, and/or  634 E) (e.g., image, icon and/or button), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process for modifying a designation state (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned, selected and/or unselected) of a third respective widget (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 J and  6 K ) (e.g., the first widget in the set of widgets, the second widget in the set of widgets, and/or a contextual widget from the one or more contextually selected widgets). In some embodiments, the widgets in the set of widgets that have a pinned designation state are displayed above the widgets in the set of widgets that have an unpinned designation state. In some embodiments, the process for modifying the designation state of the third respective widget includes pinning the position of the third respective widget within the set of widgets such that the third respective widget is displayed at an end (e.g., top of stack, beginning of stack, bottom of stack, and/or end of stack). In some embodiments, the process for modifying the designation state of the third respective widget includes unpinning the position of the third respective widget within the set of widgets such that the third respective widget is displayed at an end (e.g., top of stack, beginning of stack, bottom of stack, and/or end of stack). In some embodiments, the second input (e.g.,  612 K and/or  612 L) is directed to or detected at the first graphical object (e.g.,  634 A,  634 B,  634 C,  634 D, and/or  634 E) (e.g., image, icon, and/or button) that, when activated, initiates a process for selecting a first respective widget to be included in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the second input (e.g.,  612 K and/or  612 L) is directed to the second graphical object (e.g.,  634 A,  634 B,  634 C,  634 D, and/or  634 E) that, when activated, initiates a process for removing a second respective widget (e.g., unpinned causes the widget to be removed from the set of widgets) from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the second input (e.g.,  612 K and/or  612 L) is directed to the third graphical object (e.g.,  634 A,  634 B,  634 C,  634 D, and/or  634 E) that, when activated, initiates a process for modifying a designation state (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned, selected and/or unselected) of the third respective widget (e.g., the first widget in the set of widgets, the second widget in the set of widgets, and/or a contextual widget from the one or more contextually selected widgets), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ), initiates a process for modifying the designation state of the third respective widget. Allowing a user to add, delete, and pin specific widgets in the set of widgets in an edit mode allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) includes a first subset of widgets (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) (e.g., all, or less than all of the set of widgets) with a first designation state (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned). In some embodiments, while in the editing mode (e.g.,  626 ) for the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the first subset (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a first order (e.g., arrangement). In some embodiments, while displaying the first subset (e.g.,  614 A,  614 B, and/or  614 C) (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the first order (e.g., arrangement), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a third input (e.g.,  612 K,  612 L, and/or  612 M) (e.g., touch (e.g., tap and/or long press), drag, swipe, rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture). In some embodiments, the user third input is an input detected as a result of a user action. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the third input (e.g.,  612 K,  612 L, and/or  612 M), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the first subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a second order (e.g., arrangement), different from the first order (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 K and/or  6 L ) (e.g., arrangement). In some embodiments, widgets with a second designation state (e.g., unpinned) do not change order in response to a user input (e.g., touch (e.g., tap and/or long press), swipe, rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and air gesture). In some embodiments, the first subset of widgets includes the first widget in the set of widgets, the second widget in the set of widgets, and/or a contextual widget from the one or more contextually selected widgets. Allowing a user to rearrange the order of pined widgets in the set of widgets in an edit mode allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the third input (e.g.,  612 K,  612 L, and/or  612 M) includes a touch gesture at a first location (e.g., of a touch-sensitive surface), and the third input (e.g.,  612 K,  612 L, and/or  612 M) includes movement (e.g., movement of  612 M) (e.g., drag) of the touch gesture to a second location (e.g., of a touch-sensitive surface and/or corresponding to the display generation component). In some embodiments, the movement from a first location to a second location is detected while detecting touch with the display generation component (e.g., without detecting a break in the touch input). In some embodiments, prior to the touch gesture, the third input includes a long press gesture. Allowing a user to rearrange the order of pined widgets in the set of widgets via a touch and drag gesture in an edit mode allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a second subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g.,  614 A- 614 C) with a second designation state (e.g., unpinned or pinned) (e.g., different from the first designation state). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 J and/or  612 V) while displaying the respective user interface and in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.  600 ) meets a set of contextual criteria, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the second subset (e.g.,  614 G,  614 H,  614 B,  614 A,  614 F,  614 C, and/or  614 E) (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a third order (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 X )(e.g., arrangement). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first input (e.g.,  612 J and/or  612 V) while displaying the respective user interface and in accordance with a determination that the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) does not meet the set of contextual criteria, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the second subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a fourth order (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 AD ), different from the third order. In some embodiments, the second subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets includes the first widget (e.g.,  614 A in  FIG.  6 X ) in the set of widgets, the second widget in the set of widgets (e.g.,  614 B in  FIG.  6 X ), and/or a contextual widget from the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g.,  614 G in  FIG.  6 X )). Changing the display order of the set of widgets (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) based on a determined device context (e.g., automatically) allows for quicker rearranging of the widgets so that the more relevant widgets are displayed at the top of set without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the set of contextual criteria includes a first contextual criterion that is based on a current time (e.g., that is met when a current time (e.g., current time of a day) corresponds to a predetermined time). In some embodiments, the current time corresponds to the predetermined time when it is within (e.g., plus or minus) a threshold of time (0 seconds, 1 second, 5 second, 5 minutes, 10, minutes, 1 hour, 8 hours, 1 day or 1 week) of the predetermined time (e.g., computer system determines time to leave for doctor&#39;s appointment as shown in  FIG.  6 X  by widget  614 H). In some embodiments, the predetermined time corresponds to a time in a calendar entry (e.g., corresponding to widget  614 A). In some embodiments, the predetermined time corresponds to a preset alarm. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a time value of the current time corresponds to a first predetermined time value (e.g., current time or future time), displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., widgets in  FIG.  6 X ) in a first respective order. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the time value of the current time corresponds to a second predetermined time value (e.g., current time or future time), different from the first predetermined time value, displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., for example, the computer system displays the same widgets in  FIG.  6 X  in one order in the morning and in a different order in the evening) in a second respective order, different from the second respective order. In some embodiments, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the first respective order incudes more, less, or the same amount (e.g., total number of widgets and/or total number of at least partially/fully visible widgets) of widgets than the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., for example, the computer system  600  displays the same widgets in  FIG.  6 X  in one order in the morning and in a different order in the evening) in the second respective order. Changing the display order of the set of widgets (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) based on a time of day allows for quicker rearranging of the widgets so that the more relevant widgets are displayed at the top of set without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the set of contextual criteria includes a second contextual criterion that is based on a current location of the computer system (e.g., that is met when a location of the computer system corresponds to a predetermined location). In some embodiments, the location of the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) corresponds to the predetermined location (e.g., location of computer system  600 ) when it is within (e.g., plus or minus) a threshold distance (e.g., 0 inches, 5 inches, 1 foot, 5 feet, 10 feet, 100 feet, 1 mile, or 10 miles) of the predetermined location. In some embodiments, the predetermined location corresponds to a location of a companion device and/or the computer system. In some embodiments, the predetermined location corresponds to a location within a room. In some embodiments, the predetermined location corresponds to a geographical location. In some embodiments, the location of the computer system is detected, via one or more location sensors at the computer system. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a location value of the current location of the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) corresponds to a first predetermined location value, displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., widgets in  FIG.  6 X ) in a first respective order. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the location value of the current location corresponds to a second predetermined location value, different from the first predetermined location value, displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a second respective order, different from the second respective order (e.g., for example, the computer system  600  displays the same widgets in  FIG.  6 X  in one order when the user is at work and in a different when the user is at home). In some embodiments, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the first respective order incudes more, less, or the same amount (e.g., total number of widgets and/or total number of at least partially/fully visible widgets) of widgets than the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the second respective order (e.g., for example, the computer system  600  displays the same widgets in  FIG.  6 X  in one order when the user is at work and in a different when the user is at home). Changing the display order of the set of widgets (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) based on a location of the device allows for quicker rearranging of the widgets so that the more relevant widgets are displayed at the top of set without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the set of contextual criteria includes a third contextual criterion that is met when a first application running (e.g., executing) on the computer system corresponds to a first predetermined application (e.g., application corresponding to  614 G,  614 C, and/or  614 I). In some embodiments, the application running on the computer system corresponds to an ongoing activity. In some embodiments, the application running on the computer system is one that was previously launched in response to the computer system detecting an input (e.g., an input from a user). In some embodiments, the user interface corresponding to the application running (e.g., executing) on the computer system is displayed on the computer system. In some embodiments, the user interface corresponding to the application running (e.g., executing) on the computer system is not displayed on the computer system. In some embodiments, the first predetermined application corresponds to an application that provides an active timer, active ride sharing information, active call information, active music playback information, live (e.g., near live) sport scores, active directions, active workout, active stopwatch, and/or information about a recent purchase. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value (e.g., setting and/or preference) of the first predetermined application running on the computer system corresponds to a first predetermined application value (e.g., setting and/or preference), displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a first respective order. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value (e.g., setting and/or preference) of the first predetermined application running on the computer system corresponds to a second predetermined application value, different from the first predetermined application value, displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a second respective order, different from the second respective order. In some embodiments, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the first respective order incudes more, less, or the same amount (e.g., total number of widgets and/or total number of at least partially/fully visible widgets) of widgets than the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the second respective order. Changing the display order of the set of widgets (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) based on ongoing activity (e.g., running application) at the device allows for quicker rearranging of the widgets so that the more relevant widgets are displayed at the top of set without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the set of contextual criteria includes a fourth contextual criterion that is met when a second application running (e.g., executing) on a companion computer (e.g.,  601 ) system corresponds to a second predetermined application (e.g., application corresponding to  648 A). In some embodiments, the application running on the computer system is an ongoing activity. In some embodiments, the application running on the computer system is one that was previously launched in response to the companion computer system detecting an input (e.g., an input from a user). In some embodiments, the second application running (e.g., executing) on the companion computer system is also running (e.g., executing) on the computer system. In some embodiments, the second application running (e.g., executing) on the companion computer system is not running (e.g., executing) on the computer system. In some embodiments, the second predetermined application corresponds to an application that provides an active timer, active ride sharing information, active call information, active music playback information, live (e.g., near live) sport scores, active directions, active workout, active stopwatch, and/or information about a recent purchase. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value (e.g., setting and/or preference) of the second predetermined application running on the companion computer system corresponds to a first predetermined application value (e.g., setting and/or preference), displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a first respective order. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a value (e.g., setting and/or preference) of the second predetermined application running on the companion computer system corresponds to a second predetermined application value, different from the first predetermined application value, displaying, via the display generation component, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in a second respective order, different from the second respective order. In some embodiments, the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the first respective order incudes more, less, or the same amount (e.g., total number of widgets and/or total number of at least partially/fully visible widgets) of widgets than the respective subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets in the second respective order. Changing the display order of the set of widgets (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) based on ongoing activity (e.g., running application) at the companion device allows for quicker rearranging of the widgets so that the more relevant widgets are displayed at the top of set without additional user input by performing an operation when a set of conditions has been met without requiring further inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a particular widget (e.g.,  614 A and/or  614 B in  FIG.  6 J ) with a first position state (e.g., unpinned state). In some embodiments, while concurrently displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the particular widget and a respective graphical object corresponding to the particular widget (e.g.,  634 A and/or  643 B), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a fourth input ( 612 K and/or  612 L) corresponding to the respective graphical object (e.g.,  634 A and/or  643 B). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the fourth input ( 612 K and/or  612 L), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) changes a position state of the particular widget from the first position state (e.g., unpinned state) to a second position state (e.g., as depicted in  FIGS.  6 K and  6 L ) (e.g., pinned state). In some embodiments, changing the pin state of the particular widget from the first pin state (e.g., unpinned state) to the second pin state includes changing the visual appearance of the pin graphical object corresponding the unpinned widget. In some embodiments, a pinned state for a widget is a state in which a widget, in the set of widgets, is affixed or anchored to a specific location (e.g., display position or position) within the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the position or order of a widget in a pinned state does not change when the set of widgets are displayed and then redisplayed. In some embodiments, the order of unpinned widgets cannot be changed (e.g., via a detected input). In some embodiments, the computer system can change the (display) order of pined widgets relative to unpinned widgets based on a priority value of other respective unpinned widgets. In some embodiments, the computer system does not change the (display) order of pined widgets relative to unpinned widgets based on the priority value of other respective unpinned widgets. In some embodiments, an unpinned state for a widget is a state in which a widget, in the set of widgets, is not affixed or anchored to a specific location (e.g., display position or position) within the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the position or order of a widget in an unpinned state changes when the set of widgets are displayed and then redisplayed. In some embodiments, the position or order of a widget in an unpinned state does not change when the set of widgets are displayed and then redisplayed. In some embodiments, the order of unpinned widgets can be changed (e.g., via a detected input). In some embodiments, the computer system can change the (display) order of unpinned widgets relative to other displayed (e.g., pinned and/or unpinned) widgets. Allowing a user to pin specific widgets in the set of widgets by selecting a pin graphical object allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the first input (e.g.,  612 J) includes a long press (e.g., using a mouse/cursor, touch input, and/or air gesture) input. In some embodiments, the long press includes a touch input that includes contact with the display generation component for a time that exceeds a non-zero threshold. Displaying an edit mode user interface in response a long press input provides for a quick and easy way to enter the editing mode for the set of widgets and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, while in the editing mode (e.g.,  626 ) for the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a third subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g.,  614 A and  614 B) from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, while displaying the third subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a drag gesture (e.g.,  612 M and/or  612 O). In some embodiments, the user third input is an input detected as a result of a user action. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the drag gesture (e.g.,  612 M and/or  612 O), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a fourth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets from the set of widgets different from the third subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 N and/or  6 O ). In some embodiments, displaying the fourth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets from the set of widgets different from the third subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets includes scrolling the set of widgets. Navigating the set of widgets via a drag input while in the edit mode provides for a quick and easy way to navigate the set of widgets and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ) includes a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ). In some embodiments, while in the editing mode (e.g.,  626 ) for the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a fifth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., widgets in  FIG.  6 N ) from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, while displaying the fifth subset (e.g., widgets in  FIG.  6 N ) (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a rotational input (e.g.,  612 N). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the rotational input (e.g.,  612 N), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a sixth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets from the set of widgets different from the fifth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets (e.g., as depicted in  FIG.  6 O ). In some embodiments, displaying the sixth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets from the set of widgets different from the fifth subset (e.g., all or less than all of the set of widgets) of widgets includes scrolling the set of widgets. Navigating the set of widgets via a rotational input while in the edit mode provides for a quick and easy way to navigate the set of widgets and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform the navigation operation. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays (e.g., while in the editing mode), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), an add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ). In some embodiments, while displaying the add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects an input (e.g.,  612 Q 1 ) directed to the add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input directed to the add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ), computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates the process for adding one or more widgets to the set of widgets (e.g., including displaying a user interface for adding one or more widgets to the set of widgets). In some embodiments, the add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ) is displayed while in the editing mode for the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the add graphical object (e.g.,  628 ) is not displayed if the computer system is not in the editing mode for the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the user interface for adding one or more widgets to the set of widgets comprises a widget selection user interface (e.g.,  640  in  FIG.  6 Q ) that includes all widgets or all available widgets to be added. In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface that includes all widgets (e.g.,  640  in  FIG.  6 Q ) or all available widgets available to be added, a user selects one or a plurality of widgets to add to the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the selected widget (e.g.,  614 F in  FIG.  6 Q ) is automatically (without additional input) added to the set of widgets in response to the selection. In some embodiments, an additional input is detected at (e.g., on) or directed to (e.g., on) a confirmation graphical object that causes the selected widgets to be added the set of widgets. Allowing a user to add widgets to the set of widgets in response to an input on a button allows for the user to control which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a set of one or more inputs for adding a first complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) to the set of widgets, wherein the first complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) includes a set (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10) of (e.g., one or more) complications (e.g.,  638 A). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the set of one or more inputs for adding the first complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) to the set of widgets, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) adds the first complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) to the set of widgets that includes the set (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, or 10) of complications (e.g.,  638 A illustrates an example of a complication). In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock/watch face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands that indicate an hour, minute, or second of a current time and/or a digital time that indicates an hour, minute, and/or second of a current time). In some embodiments, complications provide different types of information to a user, such as data obtained from an application, and the information conveyed to a user by a complication. In some embodiments, a complication corresponds to one of the widgets in the set widgets. In some embodiments, a complication does not correspond to any of the widgets in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes zero, one, two, five, or unlimited complication widgets. Allowing a user to add a widget group that corresponds to multiple individually selected widgets allows for a greater number of widgets to be concurrently displayed in a singular widget panel and thus provides improved visual feedback. Also, including complications in one widget panel reduces the number of inputs necessary to access each of the complications as multiple complications would be displayed at the same time. 
     In some embodiments, the set of widgets includes a second complication widget (e.g.,  614 E) that includes one or more complications (e.g.,  638 A) of a set of complications. In some embodiments, a complication refers to any clock/watch face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute. In some embodiments, complications provide different types of information to a user, such as data obtained from an application, and the information conveyed to a user by a complication. In some embodiments, a complication corresponds to one of the widgets in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, a complication does not correspond to any of the widgets in the set of widgets. Adding an additional complication widget provides the user with a quick and easy way to select complications from the set of widgets, and, as a result, reduces the number of inputs needed to perform an operation corresponding to an application associated with the complication. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets are included in the set of widgets in accordance with a determination that a live session is available (e.g., a session corresponding to widget  614 G,  614 H and/or  614 I), wherein the live session corresponds to an ongoing activity with periodic updates. (e.g., at the computer system and/or at an external or companion device (e.g., smartphone, tablet, or laptop)) corresponds to a third predetermined application. In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets corresponds to the third application executing at the device. In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets correspond to the third application executing at a device. In some embodiments, automatically including widgets that correspond to ongoing activities allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without additional user input or without needing to access a different device. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g., widget  614 G,  614 H and/or  614 I) are included in the set of widgets in accordance with a determination that a contextual setting is enabled. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a contextual setting is not enabled (e.g., disabled and/or not operational), the one or more contextually selected widgets are not included in the set of widgets. In some embodiments, a contextual setting is enabled/disabled at the computer system and/or at a companion device (e.g., smartphone, tablet, or laptop). Disabling automatically including widgets that correspond to ongoing activities allows for greater control over what information is presented to the user and improving visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets (e.g., widget  614 G,  614 H and/or  614 I) correspond to a respective set of one or more applications that provide at least one of an active timer information, active ride sharing information, active music playback information, active workout information, and active stopwatch information. In some embodiments, at least one widget in the one or more contextually selected widgets includes a set of graphical objects for controlling a respective application. In some embodiments, the set of graphical objects includes a pause, stop, cancel, delete, and/or remove options corresponding to the respective application. In some embodiments, the one or more contextually selected widgets are updated over time. In some embodiments, the first information displayed at a first time via a respective contextual widget selected from the one or more contextually selected widgets is different from the second information displayed at a second time, different (e.g., later/earlier than the first time) from the first time, via the respective contextual widget. Automatically including widgets that correspond to one or more of applications associated with playing music, active timer, workout session, stopwatch allows for quicker selection of relevant widgets without needing additional user input and/or without needing to specifically access the respective application. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the respective user interface (e.g., a wake screen user interface such as a watch face and/or a lock screen) and in accordance with the determination that live session (e.g., at the computer system and/or at the external or companion device (e.g., smartphone, tablet, or laptop)) corresponds to a third application, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a graphical indicator (e.g.,  648 A,  648 B,  648 C in  FIG.  6 AG and/or  648 D  in  FIGS.  6 AV,  6 AZ,  6 BD,  6 BH , and/or  6 BL) (e.g., badge, icon, text, and/or image) that indicates that the live session associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the third application is ongoing. In some embodiments, the visual appearance of the graphical indicator changes based on the type of third application. In some embodiments, the graphical indicator provides indication about at least one of an active timer information, active ride sharing information, active music playback information, active workout information, and active stopwatch information. In some embodiments, while displaying the respective user interface, the computer system detects an input (e.g.,  612 BW) (e.g., touch (e.g., tap and/or long press), and/or swipe, rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) and in response to detecting the input (e.g.,  612 BW), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays a respective widget (e.g.,  614 I) (e.g., a live widget and or a widget that is updated in real time) corresponding to the live activity associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the third application. In some embodiments. while displaying the respective user interface (e.g., a wake screen user interface such as a watch face and/or a lock screen) and in accordance with the determination that the live session (e.g., at the computer system and/or at the external or companion device (e.g., smartphone, tablet, or laptop)) corresponds to fourth application (e.g., different than the third application), displaying, via the display generation component, a second graphical indicator (e.g.,  648 D) (e.g., different that the graphical indicator) (e.g., badge, icon, text, and/or image) that indicates that the live session associated with (e.g., corresponding to) the fourth application is ongoing. In some embodiments, the visual appearance of the second graphical indicator (e.g.,  648 D) changes based on the type of fourth application. In some embodiments, the second graphical indicator provides indication about at least one of an active timer information, active ride sharing information, active music playback information, active workout information, and active stopwatch information. In some embodiments, computer system  600  concurrently displays multiple graphical indicators for multiple respective live sessions. Displaying a notification badge on watch face (e.g., respective user interface) when widgets are not displayed to indicate currently ongoing activity allows the user to know what is running in the background and improves visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the set of widgets (and/or while not in the editing mode), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), a seventh input (e.g.,  612 AQ) (e.g., tap, long press, swipe, rotational input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) corresponding to a third widget (e.g.,  614 E) from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the third widget corresponds to any widget from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the seventh input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process to set a position of the widget within the set of widgets (e.g., display of  656  and/or input  612 AR) (e.g., adding the widget to a top of the set of widgets and/or displaying). In some embodiments, if the pin state of the third widget corresponds to the pinned state, detecting the seventh input would cause the pin state to change to the unpinned state, and vice versa. In some embodiments, the seventh input is detected while not in the editing mode for the set of widgets. Allowing a user to pin specific widgets in the set of widgets while not in an edit mode allows for the user to control where and which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the set of widgets (and/or while not in the editing mode), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the one or more input devices (e.g., touch sensitive portion of  602 ,  604 , and/or  605 ), an eighth input (e.g.,  612 AN) (e.g., touch (e.g., tap and/or long press), swipe, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture) corresponding to a fourth widget (e.g.,  614 B) from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, the fourth widget corresponds to any widget from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the eighth input (e.g.,  612 AN), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) initiates a process to delete the fourth widget from the set of widgets (e.g., display of  654  and/or input  612 AO) (e.g., deleting the fourth widget from the set of widgets and/or displaying a delete graphical object, that, when selected, initiates a process for deleting (e.g., removing, eliminating, and/or taking out) the fourth widget from the set of widgets). In some embodiments, while displaying the delete graphical object, the computer system detects a ninth input, and in response to detecting the ninth input, deleting the fourth widget from the set of widgets. In some embodiments, subsequent to deleting the fourth widget from the set of widgets, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a tenth input (e.g., touch input, rotational input, press input, and/or swipe input) of the first type (e.g., any combination of touch inputs, a swipe input, a clockwise rotational input, a tap input, an input using a mouse/cursor, and/or air gesture); and in response to detecting the tenth input while displaying the respective user interface, displaying, via the display generation component, the set of widgets, wherein the set of widgets does not include the fourth widget. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the eight input (e.g.,  612 AN) corresponds to an input (e.g., swipe input using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture(s)) in a first direction (e.g., left, right, up down, or diagonal), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the delete graphical object (e.g.,  654 ) that, when selected, initiates the process for deleting (e.g., removing, eliminating, and/or taking out) the fourth widget from the set of widgets (and does not display the respective graphical object, that when selected changes the position state of the third widget). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the eight input (e.g.,  612 AN) corresponds to an input (e.g., swipe input using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture(s)) in a second direction (e.g., left, right, up down, or diagonal) that is opposite the first direction, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the respective graphical object (e.g.,  656 ), that when selected changes the position state of the third widget (and does not display the delete graphical object). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the eight input (e.g.,  612 AN) corresponds to the input (e.g., swipe input using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture(s)) in the first direction (e.g., left, right, up down, or diagonal), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays (e.g., concurrently displays), via the display generation component, the delete graphical object (e.g.,  654 ) that, when selected, initiates the process for deleting (e.g., removing, eliminating, and/or taking out) the fourth widget from the set of widgets and the respective graphical object (e.g.,  656 ), that when selected changes the position state of the third widget. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the eight input (e.g.,  612 AN) corresponds to the input (e.g., swipe input using a mouse/cursor, touch, and/or air gesture(s)) in the first direction (e.g., left, right, up down, or diagonal), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays (e.g., concurrently displays), via the display generation component, the delete graphical object (e.g.,  654 ) that, when selected, initiates the process for deleting (e.g., removing, eliminating, and/or taking out) the fourth widget from the set of widgets and the respective graphical object(e.g.,  656 ), that when selected changes the position state of the third widget. In some embodiments, in addition to displaying (e.g., concurrently displaying) the delete graphical object and the respective graphical object, the computer system displays (e.g., concurrently displays) additional graphical object(s) (e.g., in addition to  654  and  656 ), that when activated (e.g., selected) initiate a change to a property/characteristic (e.g., visual and function) of the fourth widget. Allowing a user to delete specific widgets in the set of widgets while not in an edit mode allows for the user to control which widgets are displayed and thus provides improved visual feedback. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1000  (e.g.,  FIG.  10   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described above. For example, method  1000  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to methods  700 ,  800 , and  900 . For example, methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 , and  1000  are used to display widgets and/or edit widgets. 
       FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating user interfaces. The user interfaces in  FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS.  12 - 13   . 
       FIG.  11 A  illustrates computer system  600  (e.g., a smart watch) with display  602  and crown  604 , which is a rotatable input mechanism. Computer system  600  is displaying a first page  1102 A of a messaging application, such as an instant messaging application. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially starts executing the instant messaging application (e.g., in response to user input) and/or initially displays the instant messaging application (e.g., in response to user input), computer system  600  displays first page  1102 A of the instant messaging application, as shown in  FIG.  11 A . First page  1102 A includes an array of contact icons  1104 , including first contact icon  1104 A and second contact icon  1104 B. In some embodiments, array of contact icons  1104  correspond to user-selected (e.g., favorites) contacts (e.g., friends and/or family). For example, first contact icon  1104 A corresponds to a first person. When first contact icon  1104 A is activated (e.g., via a tap input and/or a tap-and-hold input), computer system  600  displays a message conversation between the first person and the user of computer system  600  (without displaying a second message conversation). Similarly, second contact icon  1104 B corresponds to a second person. When second contact icon  1104 B is activated (e.g., via a tap input and/or a tap-and-hold input), computer system  600  displays a second message conversation between the second person and the user of computer system  600  (without displaying the first message conversation). When new message option  1106  is activated (e.g., via a tap input and/or a tap-and-hold input), computer system  600  initiates a process for drafting a new message to a recipient (e.g., a third person). Navigation indicator  1110  optionally indicates the number of pages for the messaging application and/or for the current user interface of the messaging application. In some embodiments, navigation indicator  1110  indicates a relative position of the current page (first page  1102 A) within the plurality of pages of the messaging application and/or for the current user interface of the messaging application. 
     Navigation indicator  1110  includes first page indicator  1110 A and second page indicator  1110 B. First page indicator  1110 A has a different size (e.g., is larger) and is a different color (e.g., is brighter) than second page indicator  1110 B to indicate that first page indicator  1110 A corresponds to the currently displayed page (first page  1102 A). In some embodiments, a shape and/or color of a page indicator (e.g.,  1110 A) corresponding to the currently displayed page (e.g.,  1102 A) indicates whether the currently displayed page is scrollable or not scrollable. At  FIG.  11 A , because the contents of first page  1102 A are all displayed on display  602 , first page  1102 A is not scrollable and first page indicator  1110 A has a round shape and is a white color. At  FIG.  11 A , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to first page  1102 A. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 A (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying first page  1102 A to displaying second page  1102 B by replacing first page  1102 A with second page  1102 B, as shown in  FIG.  11 B . In some embodiments, because first page  1102 A fits on display  602  without the need to scroll, the magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of replacing first page  1102 A with second page  1102 B is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the input. 
     At  FIG.  11 B , computer system  600  is displaying second page  1102 B, which is different from first page  1102 A. Second page  1102 B includes a plurality of messages from a plurality of recent (e.g., the most recent) conversations of the messaging application. For example,  1108 A is a message received as part of a messaging conversation with the first person (e.g., corresponding to first contact icon  1104 A) and  1108 B is a message received as part of a messaging conversation with a third person. 
     In response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 A , computer system  600  also updates navigation indicator  1110 . At  FIG.  11 B , the size of first page indicator  1110 A has changed (has reduced) and the color of first page indicator  1110 A has changed (is darker) to indicate that the page (e.g., first page  1102 A) corresponding to first page indicator  1110 A is not currently being displayed. Similarly, the size of second page indicator  1110 B has changed (has increased) and the color of second page indicator  1110 B has changed (is darker and/or is green) to indicate that the page (e.g., second page  1102 B) corresponding to second page indicator  1110 B is currently being displayed on display  602 . Because the contents of second page  1102 B do not fit on display  602 , second page  1102 B is scrollable, as indicated by the shape (and/or color) of corresponding second page indicator  1110 B. In some embodiments, because second page  1102 B is currently displayed and is scrollable, second page indicator  1110 B includes an indication of the scroll position of second page  1102 B. In some embodiments, second page indicator  1110 B is a scroll bar. In some embodiments, second page indicator  1110 B includes a track element and a scroll element, wherein the scroll element moves along the track element to indicate which portion of second page  1102 B is currently being displayed. 
     In some embodiments, the respective page indicators (e.g.,  1110 A and/or  1110 B) of the navigation indicator (e.g.,  1110 ) do not visually indicate whether a respective page corresponding to the respective page indicator is scrollable or not scrollable while the respective page is not displayed and/or do indicate whether a respective page corresponding to the respective page indicator is scrollable or not scrollable while the respective page is displayed. 
     At  FIG.  11 B , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1102 B. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 B (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, because second page  1102 B does not fit on display  602 , computer system  600  scrolls second page  1102 B in a direction that is based on the direction of the input and/or with a magnitude (distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount and/or speed) of the input, as shown in  FIG.  11 C . 
     At  FIG.  11 C , second page  1102 B has scrolled upwards in response to the input detected at  FIG.  11 B . Navigation indicator  1110  continues to indicate that second page  1102 B corresponding to second page indicator  1110 B is currently being displayed on display  602 , as indicated by the size, shape, and/or color of page indicator  1110 B. As shown in  FIG.  11 C , because second page  1102 B is currently displayed and is scrollable, second page indicator  1110 B includes an indication of the scroll position of second page  1102 B. At  FIG.  11 C , computer system  600  detects a third input. In some embodiments, the third input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1102 B. In some embodiments, the third input is rotational input  1150 C (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the third input, because second page  1102 B is scrollable and the end of the page has not been reached, computer system  600  scrolls second page  1102 B in a direction that is based on the direction of the third input and/or with a magnitude (distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount and/or speed) of the third input, as shown in  FIG.  11 D . 
     At  FIG.  11 D , navigation indicator  1110  continues to indicate that second page  1102 B corresponding to second page indicator  1110 B is currently being displayed on display  602 , as indicated by the size, shape, and/or color of page indicator  1110 B. As shown in  FIG.  11 D , because second page  1102 B is currently displayed and is scrollable, second page indicator  1110 B includes an indication of the scroll position of second page  1102 B. At  FIG.  11 D , the bottom of second page  1102 B has been reached, as indicated by second page indicator  1110 B. Further, there is no third page, as indicated by a lack of an additional page indicator below second page indicator  1110 B in navigation indicator  1110 . In some embodiments, computer system  600  receives user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) to scroll back to the top of second page  1102 B, as shown in  FIG.  11 B . While the top of second page  1102 B is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of second page  1102 B with first page  1102 A, as shown in  FIG.  11 A . 
     At  FIG.  11 E , computer system  600  is displaying a first page  1112 A of an activity (e.g., exercise and/or health) application. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially starts executing the activity application (e.g., in response to user input) and/or initially displays the activity application (e.g., in response to user input), computer system  600  displays first page  1112 A of the activity application, as shown in  FIG.  11 E . First page  1112 A includes rings  1114 , which include move ring  1114 A that indicates calories burned during exercise, exercise ring  1114 B that indicates minutes of exercise, and stand ring  1114 C that indicates the number of times a user of computer system  600  has stood up and moved around for at least a threshold duration (e.g., 1 minute, 2 minutes, or 5 minutes) during different hours of the day. Each of rings  1114 A- 1114 C is a different color. Computer system  600  also displays navigation indicator  1120 . 
     Navigation indicator  1120  includes first page indicator  1120 A, second page indicator  1120 B, and third page indicator  1120 C. First page indicator  1120 A has a different size (e.g., is larger) and is a different color (e.g., is brighter) than second page indicator  1120 B and third page indicator  1120 C to indicate that first page indicator  1120 A corresponds to the currently displayed page (first page  1112 A). In some embodiments, a shape and/or color of a page indicator (e.g.,  1120 A) corresponding to the currently displayed page (e.g.,  1112 A) indicates whether the currently displayed page is scrollable or not scrollable. At  FIG.  11 E , because the contents of first page  1112 A are all displayed on display  602 , first page  1112 A is not scrollable and first page indicator  1120 A has a round shape and is a white color. At  FIG.  11 E , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to first page  1112 A. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 D (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying first page  1112 A to displaying second page  1112 B by replacing first page  1112 A with second page  1112 B, as shown in  FIG.  11 G . In some embodiments, because first page  1112 A fits on display  602  without the need to scroll, the magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of replacing first page  1112 A with second page  1112 B is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the input. As part of replacing first page  1112 A with second page  1112 B, computer system  600  displays an animation that moves, resizes, and or morphs some elements of first page  1112 A. For example, computer system concurrently reduces the size of rings  1114  and moves rings  1114  upward and to the left, as shown in the transition of  FIG.  11 F .  FIGS.  11 F- 11 G  illustrates that additional elements begin to be displayed (e.g., fade in and/or move onto the display) during the transitions from  FIG.  11 E  to  FIG.  11 G , such as graph  1118 A and calories indicator  1118 B. Additionally, some elements cease being displayed (e.g., fade out and/or move out of display) during the transitions from  FIG.  11 E  to  FIG.  11 G , such as options  1116 A and  1116 B. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  11 E- 11 G , navigation indicator  1120  updates to reflect that first page  1112 A is replaced with second page  1112 B. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 E , computer system  600  shifts up first page indicator  1120 A, second page indicator  1120 B, and third page indicator  1120 C (as shown in  FIGS.  11 E- 11 G ). In addition (e.g., while shifting up the page indicators), computer system  600  fades out first page indicator  1120 A and fades in fourth page indicator  1120 D to indicate that there is a fourth page (as shown in  FIGS.  11 E- 11 G ). In addition (e.g., while shifting and/or fading the page indicators), computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white) and/or size (e.g., by increasing the size) of the second page indicator  1120 B to indicate that second page  1112 B that corresponds to second page indictor  1120 B is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIGS.  11 E- 11 G ). At  FIG.  11 G,  1114 B- 1114 C  of rings  1114  have faded out and/or are white to highlight ring  1114 A, since second page  1112 B displays additional details related to ring  1114 A. In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., a tap input on) rings  1114  at  FIG.  11 H  causes computer system  600  to replace the current page with first page  1112 A. 
     At  FIG.  11 G , because the contents of second page  1112 B are all displayed on display  602 , second page  1112 B is not scrollable and second page indicator  1120 B has a round shape and is a white color. At  FIG.  11 G , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1112 B. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 E (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying second page  1112 B to displaying third page  1112 C by replacing second page  1112   b  with third page  1112 C, as shown in  FIG.  11 H . In some embodiments, because second page  1112 B fits on display  602  without the need to scroll, the magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of replacing second page  1112 B with third page  1112 C is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the input. As part of replacing second page  1112 B with third page  1112 C, computer system  600  optionally displays an animation that moves, resizes, and/or morphs some elements of second page  1112 B. For example, rings  1114  are updated so that ring  1114 A and ring  1114 C have faded out and/or are white to highlight ring  1114 B, since third page  1112 C displays additional details related to ring  1114 B. Additionally, graph  1118 B has animated to show different information (e.g., from showing calories burned information in  FIG.  11 G  to showing minutes of exercise information in  FIG.  11 H ). In some embodiments, rings  1114  perform a crossfade in the animation between the user interfaces in  FIGS.  11 G and  11 H . 
     As shown in  FIGS.  11 G- 11 H , navigation indicator  1120  updates to reflect that second page  1112 B is replaced with third page  1112 C. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 G , computer system  600  shifts up second page indicator  1120 B, third page indicator  1120 C, and fourth page indicator  1120 D. In addition (e.g., while shifting up the page indicators), computer system  600  fades out second page indicator  1120 B and fades in fifth page indicator  1120 E to indicate that there is a fifth page. In addition (e.g., while shifting and/or fading the page indicators), computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white) and/or size (e.g., by increasing the size) of the third page indicator  1120 C to indicate that third page  1112 C that corresponds to third page indictor  1120 C is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIG.  11 H ). In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., a tap input on) rings  1114  at  FIG.  11 H  causes computer system  600  to replace the current page with first page  1112 A. 
     At  FIG.  11 H , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to third page  1112 C. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 F (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying third page  1112 C to displaying fourth page  1112 D, similar to the transition between second page  1112 B to third page  1112 C. Additionally, navigation indicator  1120  updates to reflect that third page  1112 C is replaced with fourth page  1112 D. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 H , computer system  600  does not shift up the page indicators because there is no sixth page. Computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white) and/or size (e.g., by increasing the size) of the fourth page indicator  1120 D to indicate that fourth page  1112 D that corresponds to fourth page indictor  1120 D is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIG.  11 I ). Computer system  600  also reverts the color, size, and/or shape of third page indicator  1140 C to indicate that the page corresponding to that indicator is no longer displayed. In some embodiments, activation of (e.g., a tap input on) rings  1114  at  FIG.  11 I  causes computer system  600  to replace the current page with first page  1112 A. In some embodiments, rings  1114  perform a crossfade in the animation between the user interfaces in  FIG.  11 H and  11 I . 
     At  FIG.  11 I , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to fourth page  1112 D. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 G (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying fourth page  1114 D to displaying fifth page  1112 E. Additionally, navigation indicator  1120  updates to reflect that fourth page  1112 D is replaced with fifth page  1112 E. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 I , computer system  600  does not shift up the page indicators because there is no sixth page. Computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white) and/or size (e.g., by increasing the size) of the fifth page indicator  1120 E to indicate that fifth page  1112 E that corresponds to fifth page indictor  1120 E is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIG.  11 J ). Computer system  600  also reverts the color, size, and/or shape of fourth page indicator  1140 D to indicate that the page corresponding to that indicator is no longer displayed. Because the contents of fifth page  1112 E do not fit on display  602 , fifth page  1112 E is scrollable, as indicated by the shape (and/or color) of corresponding fifth page indicator  1120 E. In some embodiments, because fifth page  1112 E is currently displayed and is scrollable, fifth page indicator  1120 B includes an indication of the scroll position of fifth page  1112 E. In some embodiments, fifth page indicator  1120 E is a scroll bar. In some embodiments, fifth page indicator  1120 E includes a track element and a scroll element, wherein the scroll element moves along the track element to indicate which portion of fifth page  1112 E is currently being displayed. In some embodiments, fifth page  1112 E includes summary activity information. 
     At  FIG.  11 J , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to fifth page  1112 E. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 H (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, because fifth page  1112 E does not fit on display  602 , computer system  600  scrolls fifth page  1112 E in a direction that is based on the direction of the input and/or with a magnitude (distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount and/or speed) of the input and updates fifth page indicator  1120 E to indicate the scroll position of fifth page  1112 E. 
     In some embodiments, after scrolling down fifth page  1112 E, computer system  600  receives user inputs (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or counterclockwise rotational inputs at crown  604 ) to scroll back to the top of fifth page  1112 E. While the top of fifth page  1112 E is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of fifth page  1112 E with fourth page  1112 D, as shown in  FIG.  11 I . While fourth page  1112 D is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of fourth page  1112 D with third page  1112 C, as shown in  FIG.  11 H . While third page  1112 C is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of third page  1112 C with second page  1112 B, as shown in  FIG.  11 G . While second page  1112 B is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of second page  1112 B with first page  1112 A, as shown in  FIG.  11 E , including reversing the animation described with respect to  FIGS.  11 E- 11 G . 
     At  FIG.  11 K , computer system  600  detects input  1150 I at user interface  1124  and, in response, computer system  600  increases the size of text (e.g., changes a default system text size). As shown in  FIGS.  11 L- 11 P , the size of text has increase as compared to  FIGS.  11 E- 11 I . As a result, the content of pages  1112 B- 1112 D no longer fit on the display. Accordingly, each of pages  1112 B- 1112 D is scrollable and the corresponding page indicators (e.g.,  1120 B- 1120 D) for pages  1112 B- 1112 D indicate that the respective page is scrollable (e.g., the page indictor indicates a scroll position of the respective page and/or is a scroll bar) when the respective page is displayed. For example, at  FIG.  11 M , computer system displays second page  1112 B. While displaying second page  1112 B, computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1112 B. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 J (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, because second page  1112 B does not fit on display  602 , computer system  600  scrolls second page  1112 B in a direction that is based on the direction of the input and/or with a magnitude (distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount and/or speed) of the input and updates second page indicator  1120 B to indicate the scroll position of second page  1112 B, as shown in  FIG.  11 N . 
     At  FIG.  11 N , after scrolling to the bottom of second page  1112 B (e.g., now the “66%” is displayed and the top of graph  1118 A is no longer displayed), computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1112 B. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 K (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, because the bottom of second page  1112 B has been reached, computer system  600  replaces second page  1112 B with third page  1112 C, which is also scrollable, as indicated by third scroll indicator  1120 C at  FIG.  11 O . In some embodiments, because the bottom of second page  1112 B was reached when input  1150 K was received, the magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of replacing second page  1112 B with third page  1112 C is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of input  1150 K. Further, while the top of third page  1112 C is displayed as shown in  FIG.  11 O , an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of third page  1112 C with second page  1112 B (bottom of the page, as shown in  FIG.  11 N  or top of the page, as shown in  FIG.  11 M ). Thus, the computer system receives various inputs to navigate through the various user interfaces, providing the user with the ability to scroll a page if the page is scrollable and, when the page is not scrollable, paging through the various pages without scrolling the pages. 
     At  FIG.  11 Q , computer system  600  is displaying a first page  1122 A of a stopwatch application. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially starts executing the stopwatch application (e.g., in response to user input) and/or initially displays the stopwatch application (e.g., in response to user input), computer system  600  displays first page  1122 A of the stopwatch application, as shown in  FIG.  11 Q . First page  1112 A includes first time counter  1126 A, second time counter  1126 B, third time counter  1126 C, and fourth time counter  1126 D. In some embodiments, time counters  1126 A- 1126 C count time with varying resolutions. In some embodiments, time counters  1126 A- 1126 C are analog displays of time. In some embodiments, fourth time counter  1126 D is a digital display of time. Third time counter  1126 C and fourth time counter  1126 D are contained withing first time counter  1126 A, as shown in  FIG.  11 Q . Computer system  600  also displays navigation indicator  1130 . 
     Navigation indicator  1120  includes first page indicator  1130 A, second page indicator  1130 B, and third page indicator  1130 C. First page indicator  1130 A has a different size (e.g., is larger) and is a different color (e.g., is brighter) than second page indicator  1130 B and third page indicator  1130 C to indicate that first page indicator  1130 A corresponds to the currently displayed page (first page  1122 A). In some embodiments, a shape and/or color of a page indicator (e.g.,  1130 A) corresponding to the currently displayed page (e.g.,  1122 A) indicates whether the currently displayed page is scrollable or not scrollable. At  FIG.  11 Q , because the contents of first page  1122 A are all displayed on display  602 , first page  1122 A is not scrollable and first page indicator  1130 A has a round shape and is a white color. At  FIG.  11 Q , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to first page  1122 A. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 L (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying first page  1122 A to displaying second page  1122 B by animating a transition between first page  1122 A to second page  1122 B, as shown in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S . 
     As part of replacing first page  1122 A with second page  1122 B, computer system  600  displays an animation that moves, resizes, and or morphs some elements of first page  1122 A. For example, as shown in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S , first time counter  1126 A reduces in size and moves up, second time counter  1126 B increases in size and moves down and to the right, third time counter  1126 C increases in size and moves out of first time counter  1126 A by moving to the left, and fourth time counter  1126 D increases in size and moves out of first time counter  1126 A by moving down. Additionally, graph  1126 E fades in, as shown in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S . While computer system animates the transition between first page  1122 A to second page  1122 B, the various elements of the user interface (e.g., first time counter  1126 A, second time counter  1126 B, third time counter  1126 C, and fourth time counter  1126 D) continue to update. At  FIG.  11 S , navigation indicator  1130  has been updated to reflect that first page  1122 A is replaced with display of second page  1122 B. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 Q , computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white) and/or size (e.g., by increasing the size) of the second page indicator  1130 B to indicate that second page  1122 B that corresponds to second page indictor  1130 B is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIG.  11 S ). Computer system  600  also reverts the color, size, and/or shape of first page indicator  1130 A to indicate that the page corresponding to that indicator is no longer displayed, as shown in  FIG.  11 S . 
     At  FIG.  11 S , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to second page  1122 B. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 M (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) (e.g., of more than a threshold amount) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, computer system  600  changes from displaying second page  1122 B to displaying third page  1122 C by animating a transition between second page  1122 B to third page  1122 C, as shown in  FIGS.  11 S- 11 U . 
     As part of replacing second page  1122 B with third page  1122 C, computer system  600  displays an animation that moves, resizes, and or morphs some elements of second page  1122 A. For example, as shown in  FIGS.  11 S- 11 U , first time counter  1126 A, second time counter  1126 B, third time counter  1126 C, and graph  1126 E fade out. Fourth time counter  1126 D moves up and lap times  1126 F fade in. While computer system animates the transition between second page  1122 B to third page  1122 C, the various elements of the user interface (e.g., fourth time counter  1126 D) continue to update. At  FIG.  11 U , navigation indicator  1130  has been updated to reflect that display of second page  1122 B is replaced with display of third page  1122 C. In particular, in response to detecting the input at  FIG.  11 S , computer system  600  changes the color (by changing from a darker color to a lighter color, such as white), size (e.g., by increasing the size), and/or shape of the third page indicator  1130 C to indicate that third page  1122 C that corresponds to third page indictor  1130 C is being displayed by display  602  (as shown in  FIG.  11 U ). Computer system  600  also reverts the color, size, and/or shape of second page indicator  1130 B to indicate that the page corresponding to that indicator is no longer displayed, as shown in  FIG.  11 U . 
     At  FIG.  11 U , computer system  600  detects an input. In some embodiments, the input is a swipe input (e.g., a swipe up input and/or a swipe touch input) directed to third page  1122 C. In some embodiments, the input is rotational input  1150 N (e.g., a clockwise rotational input) at crown  604 . In response to detecting the input, because third page  1122 C does not fit on display  602 , computer system  600  scrolls third page  1122 C in a direction that is based on the direction of the input and/or with a magnitude (distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount and/or speed) of the input and updates third page indicator  1130 C to indicate the scroll position of third page  1122 C, as shown in  FIG.  11 V . As shown in  FIG.  11 V , fourth time counter  1126 D has scrolled off of the top display and additional lap times  1126 F have scrolled onto the display from the bottom of the display. 
     In some embodiments, after scrolling to the bottom of third page  1122 C, computer system  600  receives user inputs (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or counterclockwise rotational inputs at crown  604 ) to scroll back to the top of third page  1122 C. While the top of third page  1122 C is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of third page  1122 C with second page  1122 B, including a reversing of the animation from  FIG.  11 U  to  FIG.  11 T  to  FIG.  11 S . While second page  1122 B is displayed, an additional user input (e.g., a downward swipe input and/or a counterclockwise rotational input at crown  604 ) causes computer system  600  to replace display of second page  1122 B with first page  1122 A, including a reversing of the animation from  FIG.  11 S  to  FIG.  11 R  to  FIG.  11 Q . In some embodiments, one or more elements of the user interfaces is maintained while transitioning among various pages, such as pause button  1128  being maintained throughout  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 V . In some embodiments, the play/pause state of the stopwatch application (e.g., based on user inputs on pause button  1128 ) is synchronized among the various pages of the stopwatch application (e.g., if paused on one page, the stopwatch will remain paused after transitioning to another page). 
       FIG.  12    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different pages, in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1200  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., a rotatable crown and/or a rotatable knob). Some operations in method  1200  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1200  provides an intuitive way for navigating among different pages. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for navigating among different pages, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to navigate among different pages faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1202 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) (e.g., concurrently displaying the top of the first page and the bottom of the first page and/or displaying the whole/complete first page) of a plurality of pages (e.g., without displaying a second page of the plurality of pages and/or without displaying any portion of the second page of the plurality of pages). 
     While displaying the first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) (e.g., concurrently displaying the top of the first page and the bottom of the first page and/or displaying the whole/complete first page) of the plurality of pages, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects ( 1204 ), via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  602 ), a first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 A,  1150 G, and/or  1150   m ). 
     In response to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 A,  1150 G, and/or  1150   m ), the computer system replaces ( 1206 ) display, via the display generation component, of the first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) of the plurality of pages with a second page (e.g.,  1102 B,  1112 E, and/or  1122 C) (e.g., a portion of the second page, not the whole second page, and/or displaying the top of the second page without displaying the bottom of the second page) of the plurality of pages without scrolling the first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) of the plurality of pages, wherein the second page is displayed at a first scroll position (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 B,  1112 E  at  FIG.  11 J , and/or  1122 C at  FIG.  11 U ). 
     While displaying the second page at the first scroll position, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects ( 1208 ), via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  602 ), a second rotational input (e.g.,  1150 B,  1150 C, and/or  1150 N) (e.g., in the same direction as the first rotational input). 
     In response to detecting the second rotational input (e.g.,  1150 B and/or  1150 N), the computer system scrolls ( 1210 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the second page of the plurality of pages from the first scroll position to a second scroll position (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 C and/or  1122 C  at  FIG.  11 V ) that is different from the first scroll position (e.g., without replacing display of the second page with a third page (e.g., next page) of the plurality of pages and/or without displaying any portion of a third page (e.g., next page) of the plurality of pages). 
     In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page from the first scroll position (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 B and/or  1122 C  at  FIG.  11 U ) to the second scroll position (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 C and/or  1122 C  at  FIG.  11 V ) includes a magnitude (e.g., a speed and/or a distance) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the second rotational input (e.g.,  1150 B and/or  1150 N). In some embodiments, the magnitude of the second rotational input determines the magnitude of the scrolling of the second page. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page is in a direction that is based on a direction of the first rotational input. Scrolling the second page with a magnitude that is based on a magnitude of the second rotational input provides the user with feedback about the detected second rotational input and enables the computer system to control the speed/position of the second document using the input provided by the user. 
     In some embodiments, replacing display of the first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) with the second page (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 B,  1112 E  at  FIG.  11 J , and/or  1122 C at  FIG.  11 U ) does not have a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) that is based on a magnitude of the first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 A,  1150 G, and/or  1150   m ). In some embodiments, changing pages (e.g., replacing one page with another page) does not have a magnitude that is based on a magnitude of the input that cause the page change. In some embodiments, changing pages is performed by moving a page (e.g., the first page or the second page) by a discrete amount once a threshold (e.g., an edge of the first page) is reached while the input that causes the page change is detected. In some embodiments, replacing the first page with the second page does not include scrolling the first page off the display and/or scrolling the second page off the display. Changing pages from the first page to the second page without a magnitude that is based on a magnitude of the first rotational input enables the computer system to display the second page more quickly (e.g., without being limited by the speed of the user&#39;s input), thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second page at the second scroll position, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a third rotational input. In response to detecting the third rotational input: the computer system replaces display, via the display generation component, of the second page (e.g.,  1150 A,  1150 G, and/or  1150   m ) of the plurality of pages with a third page (e.g.,  1112 C) (e.g., displaying the full third page or displaying a portion of the third page) of the plurality of pages (e.g., without scrolling the second page). After replacing the second page with the third page (e.g.,  1112 C), replacing display, via the display generation component, of the third page of the plurality of pages with a fourth page (e.g.,  1112 D) (e.g., displaying the full fourth page or displaying a portion of the fourth page) of the plurality of pages (e.g., without scrolling the third page). In some embodiments, the third rotational input causes the computer system to switch between multiple pages (e.g., without scrolling any of the pages). In some embodiments, the speed at which the pages are replaced/switched is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed/distance) of the input (e.g., the third rotational input) that causes the replacing/switching. In some embodiments, one or more additionally displayed pages are each displayed in full in response to the third rotational input (e.g., a third page is displayed in full and/or a fourth page is displayed in full). Switching between multiple pages in response to a single rotational input enables the computer system to quickly display a page that the user is trying to access, thereby reducing the number of inputs required and presenting the content quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the compute system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, concurrently with the first page (and, optionally, concurrently with display of the second, third, and/or fourth pages), a navigation indicator (e.g.,  1110 ,  1120 , and/or  1130 ) that includes a first element (e.g.,  1110 A) corresponding to the first page and a second element (e.g.,  1110 B) corresponding to the second page, wherein the navigation indicator (e.g.,  1110 ,  1120 , and/or  1130 ) indicates which page of the plurality of pages is currently displayed (and/or more prominently displayed). In some embodiments, the navigation indictor includes paging dots (e.g., one per page) that change color, size, highlighting, and/or position based on which page of the plurality of pages is selected. Displaying a navigation indicator provides the user with visual feedback about which page of the plurality of pages is currently displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first rotational input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) changes a color of the second element (e.g.,  1110 B) from a first color (e.g., white or yellow) to a second color (e.g., green or blue). In some embodiments, the first element is the first color while the first page is displayed (e.g., because the first page is a page that is not scrollable) and the second element is the second color while the second page is displayed (e.g., because the second page is a page that is scrollable). In some embodiments, in response to displaying a page and in accordance with the displayed page not being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the first color and in accordance with the displayed page being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the second color. Indicating whether a page (e.g., a displayed page) is scrollable or not based on the color of the respective element in the navigation indicator provides the user with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first rotational input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) changes (e.g., increasing or decreasing) a size of the second element (e.g.,  1110 B) from a first size (e.g., smaller size) to a second size (e.g., bigger size). In some embodiments, the first element is the first size (and a first shape) while the first page is displayed (e.g., because the first page is a page that is not scrollable) and the second element is the second size (and a second shape) while the second page is displayed (e.g., because the second page is a page that is scrollable). In some embodiments, in response to displaying a page and in accordance with the displayed page not being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the first size (and first shape) and in accordance with the displayed page being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the second size (and second shape). Indicating whether a page (e.g., a displayed page) is scrollable or not based on the size of the respective element in the navigation indicator provides the user with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first rotational input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) expands the second element (e.g.,  1110 B) from a first shape (e.g.,  1110 B at  FIG.  11 A ) (e.g., a circle) that does not include an indication of a scroll position of the second page to a second shape (e.g.,  1110 B at  FIG.  111 B ) (e.g., an oval that includes a scroll indictor) that includes an indication of the scroll position of the second page. In some embodiments, the first element is the first shape while the first page is displayed (e.g., because the first page is a page that is not scrollable) and the second element is the second shape while the second page is displayed (e.g., because the second page is a page that is scrollable). In some embodiments, in response to displaying a page and in accordance with the displayed page not being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the first shape and in accordance with the displayed page being a scrollable page, the indicator corresponding to the displayed page is the second shape. Indicating whether a page (e.g., a displayed page) is scrollable or not based on the shape of the respective element in the navigation indicator provides the user with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, expanding the second element (e.g.,  1110 B) from the first shape to the second shape is in response to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 A). In some embodiments, the first rotational input causes both the second page to be displayed and for the second element of the navigation indictor to expand. Expanding the second element when the first rotational input is detected provides the user with visual feedback that the second page is a scrollable page. 
     In some embodiments, the first page (e.g.,  1102 A,  1112 D, and/or  1122 B) and the second page (e.g.,  1102 B,  1112 E, and/or  1122 C) are different pages of the same application. In some embodiments, the first page and the second page are consecutive pages. In some embodiments, the first page and the second page contain different information. The first page and second page being pages of the same application enables the computer system to sequentially display different types (e.g., scrollable and non-scrollable) pages and indicate to the user the type of the page, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second page (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 C ) of the plurality of pages at the second scroll position, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a fourth rotational input (e.g.,  1150 C). In response to detecting the fourth rotational input, the computer system scrolls, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the second page (e.g.,  1102 B) to a third scroll position (e.g.,  1102 B in  FIG.  11 D ) that includes display of a first edge (e.g., a bottom edge and/or end) of the second page and subsequent to scrolling the second page to the third scroll position, the computer system replacing, via the display generation component, the second page with a third page of the plurality of pages. In some embodiments, the third page is part of the same application as the second page. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page has a magnitude (e.g., a distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount or speed) of the fourth rotational input. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page is in a direction that is based on a direction of the fourth rotational input. Scrolling to an edge of the second page before switching to the third page provides the user with visual feedback about the contents of the second page and that the second page will be replaced by the third page, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the second page at the first scroll position (e.g., in response to detecting the first rotational input) includes displaying a second edge (e.g., a top edge and/or beginning) of the second page without displaying the first edge (e.g., a bottom edge and/or end) of the second page (e.g., as in  FIG.  11 B ). Displaying the second edge of the second page without displaying the second edge provides feedback to the user that the second page is scrollable, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  600 ), a watch face with one or more complications that includes data received from a live session application (e.g., an application that is configured to provide/display real-time or near real-time information, such as a timer, alarm, scores, directions, and/or stocks). While displaying the watch face, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface and/or a keyboard), user input activating a complication of the one or more complications, wherein the first page of the plurality of pages is displayed in response to detecting the user input activating the complication of the one or more complications. Displaying a watch face with complications that display live data provides the user with visual feedback about the live data. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, concurrently with the first page (e.g.,  1112 A at  FIG.  11 E ) (and, optionally, concurrently with display of the second, third, and/or fourth pages), a navigation indicator (e.g.,  1120 ) that includes a first element (e.g.,  1120 A) corresponding to the first page and a second element (e.g.,  1120 B) corresponding to the second page. In response to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 D), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) shifts (e.g., upward or downward), via the display generation component, the first element and the second element (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 F- 11 G ). In some embodiments, as the user interface scrolls between pages, the elements of the navigation indicator shift to indicate that the page has changed. In some embodiments, the navigation indicator indicates which page of the plurality of pages is currently displayed (and/or more prominently displayed). In some embodiments, the navigation indictor includes paging dots (e.g., one per page) that change color, size, highlighting, and/or position based on which page of the plurality of pages is selected. Displaying a navigation indicator with elements that shift provides the user with visual feedback about page changes as they happen, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, replacing display, via the display generation component, of the first page (e.g.,  1102 A) of the plurality of pages with the second page (e.g.,  1102 B) of the plurality of pages includes an animation that shifts (e.g., upward or downward) the second page onto the display (and, optionally without shifting the first page). Shifting the second page onto the display provides the user with visual feedback about the order of the pages, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) and concurrently with the first page (e.g.,  1112 A) (or a second page), a navigational element (e.g.,  1114 ) with a visual appearance that corresponds to the first page without corresponding to the second page (or second page without corresponding to a third page). In response to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 D or  1150 E), the computer system updates, via the display generation component, the visual appearance of the navigational element (e.g.,  1114 ) (e.g., while maintaining a display location of the navigational element) to correspond to the second page without corresponding to the first page (or to the third page without corresponding to the second page). In some embodiments, the visual appearance of the navigational element changes to indicate the currently displayed page from within the plurality of pages. Displaying a navigational element that changes to correspond to the currently displayed page provides the user with visual feedback about which page is currently being displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the first page (e.g.,  1112 B) indicates an amount of a first exercise metric (e.g., calories burned) and the visual appearance of the navigational element while the first page is displayed includes an indication of progress towards a goal (e.g.,  300  calories) for the first exercise metric and the second page (e.g.,  1112 C or  1112 D) indicates an amount of a second exercise metric (e.g., minutes of exercise performed) and the visual appearance of the navigational element while the second page is displayed includes an indication of progress towards a goal (e.g., 30 minutes) for the second exercise metric. In some embodiments, a third page, different from the first page and that second page, indicates an amount of a third exercise metric (e.g., number of times the user has stood up and moved around for at least a threshold duration (e.g., 1 minute, 2 minutes, or 5 minutes) during different hours of the day) and a visual appearance of the navigational element while the third page is displayed includes an indication of progress towards a goal (e.g., 8 hours or 12 hours) for the third exercise. Displaying a navigational element that indicates progress towards a goal and changes to correspond to the currently displayed page provides the user with visual feedback about which page is currently being displayed, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the first page and the second page are part of a hierarchy. While displaying the navigational element concurrently with a respective page of the plurality of pages, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects, via one or more input devices (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface and/or a microphone), activation of (e.g., a tap input on) the navigational element (e.g.,  1114  at  FIG.  11 H ). In response to detecting activation of the navigational element (e.g.,  1114 ), the computer system displays (e.g., by replacing the currently displayed page), via the display generation component, a parent (e.g.,  1112 A) of the respective page in the hierarchy. Displaying a parent of the current page when the navigational element is displayed enables access to the parent with a single input, thereby reducing the number of inputs required. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second page (e.g.,  1102 B at  FIG.  11 C ) of the plurality of pages at the second scroll position, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a fifth rotational input (e.g.,  1150 C). In response to detecting the fifth rotational input: the computer system scrolls (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 C- 11 D ), via the display generation component, the second page to an end of the second page and subsequent to scrolling the second page to the end of the second page, the computer system replaces, via the display generation component, the second page with a third page of the plurality of pages. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page has a magnitude (e.g., a distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount or speed) of the fifth rotational input. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the second page is in a direction that is based on a direction of the fifth rotational input. In some embodiments, the third page is part of the same application as the second page. Scrolling to an edge of the second page before switching to the third page provides the user with visual feedback about the contents of the second page and that the second page will be replaced by the third page, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the third page, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a sixth rotational input and in response to detecting the sixth rotational input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) replaces, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the third page with a fourth page of the plurality of pages. Displaying a subsequent page in response to rotational input enables the user to access additional pages, thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the third page, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a sixth rotational input. In response to detecting the sixth rotational input, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) scrolls, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), the third page (e.g., without replacing the third page with a fourth page). Scrolling the third page in response to rotational input enables the user to access additional portions of the third page, thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the third page, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a sixth rotational input. In response detecting the sixth rotational input: in accordance with a determination that a user-configurable setting (e.g.,  1124  in  FIG.  11 K ) (e.g., text localization and/or font size) is configured for a first setting (e.g., disabled and/or font size of 10 or 12), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) replaces, via the display generation component, the third page with a fourth page of the plurality of pages (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 G- 11 I ) and in accordance with a determination that the user-configurable setting (e.g., text localization and/or font size) is configured for a second setting (e.g., enables and/or font size of 14 or 16), different from the first setting, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) scrolls, via the display generation component, the third page (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 M- 11 P ) (e.g., without replacing the third page with a fourth page). In some embodiments, the scrolling of the third page has a magnitude (e.g., a distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount or speed) of the sixth rotational input. In some embodiments, the scrolling of the third page is in a direction that is based on a direction of the sixth rotational input. In some embodiments, a page is scrollable or not-scrollable based on user customizations. Displaying a page as scrollable or not scrollable based on user customizations enables the computer system to display the contents of the page using the user customizations while still enabling access to the full contents of the page, thereby providing an improved man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, the user-configurable setting is a text localization setting (e.g., as in  FIG.  11 K , but for language selection), the first setting is a first language, and the second setting is a second language that is different from the first language. In some embodiments, the text localization setting changes the language of the text and therefore changes how much space the text takes up. In some embodiments, the amount of space the text takes up can determine whether the page fits on the display (and is therefore not scrollable) or the page does not all fit on the display (and is therefore scrollable). Enabling users to select different languages (e.g., based on the location of computer system and/or based on user selections) enables the computer system to provide content that the user can more readily access, thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, the user-configurable setting is a system font size setting (e.g., as in  FIG.  11 K ), the first setting is a first font size, and the second setting is a second font size that is larger than the first font size. In some embodiments, different fonts and/or different font sizes take up different amounts of space in a page, which can determine whether the page fits on the display (and is therefore not scrollable) or the page does not all fit on the display (and is therefore scrollable). Enabling users to select different system font size enables the computer system to provide content with a size that allows users to more readily access the content, thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first page (e.g.,  1102 A) includes a plurality of selectable options (e.g., arranged in a row and/or arranged in a grid), including a first selectable option (e.g.,  1104 A) corresponding to a first messaging contact (e.g., a first friend) and a second selectable option (e.g.,  1104 B) corresponding to a second messaging contact (e.g., a second friend). In some embodiments, the plurality of selectable options are user-selected options corresponding to favorite messaging contacts. In some embodiments, activation of a respective selectable option displays a messaging conversation with a respective contact. In some embodiments, the second page (e.g.,  1102 B) includes one or more messages (e.g.,  1108 A and/or  1108 B) (e.g., most recently received messages) from one or more messaging conversations (e.g., not based on being favorite messaging contacts). In some embodiments, activation of a respective message causes display of a respective conversation that the message is a part of. Displaying selectable options corresponding to messaging contents on a first page and switching to displaying messages of conversations on the second page enables the computer system to provide the user with quick access to the contacts the user is most likely to converse with and quick access to recent conversations that the user is participating in, thereby reducing the number of inputs required and improving the man-machine interface. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1200  (e.g.,  FIG.  12   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below/above. For example, method  1200  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above/below with reference to methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 ,  1000 ,  1300 , and  1500 . For example, the computer system is the same computer system in the various methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIG.  13    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating among different views, in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1300  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)). Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1300  provides an intuitive way for navigating among different views. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for navigating among different views, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to navigate among different views faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     The computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a first view (e.g.,  1122 A) of an application (e.g., of a user interface and/or of a first application) that includes a plurality of user interface objects (e.g.,  1126 A- 1126 D), including a first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) displayed at a first location and with a first size and a second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D) displayed at a second location and with a second size. The first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) includes first information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application and the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D) includes second information that updates over time based on changing data associated with the application. The second information is different from the first information. 
     While displaying the first view (e.g., at  FIG.  11 Q ) with the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) displayed at the first location and with the first size and the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D) displayed at the second location and with the second size, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) receives ( 1304 ) a request (e.g.,  1150 L) (e.g., via user input) to transition from the first view to a second view (e.g.,  1122 B) (e.g., of the user interface and/or of the first application) that is different from the first view (e.g.,  1122 A). 
     In response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1150 L) to transition from the first view (e.g.,  1122 A) to the second view (e.g.,  1122 B), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays ( 1306 ), via the display generation component, the second view (e.g.,  1122 B), including: shifting ( 1308 ) (as shown in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S ) (e.g., moving and/or translating) the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the second user interface object and/or a third user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D) and resizing ( 1310 ) (as shown in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S ) (e.g., increasing in size and/or decreasing in size) the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the second user interface object and/or a third user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects including the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D), wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A or  1126 C) includes the first information, and the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 B or  1126 D) includes the second information. In some embodiments, the first user interface object concurrently shifts and resizes (relative to the one or more user interface objects) while transitioning display from the first view to the second view. Shifting and resizing the first user interface element provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the first information updates over time while shifting the first user interface object and while resizing the first user interface object (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S ). In some embodiments, the first information of the first user interface object continues updating as the first user interface object shifts and/or resizes. Updating the first information as the first user interface object shifts/resizes enables the computer system to provide the user with visual feedback about the changing first information as the first user interface object shifts and/or resizes, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, shifting the first user interface object includes shifting (e.g., moving and/or translating) the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 C) within a container user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A). In some embodiments, shifting the first user interface object within the container user interface object includes maintaining a location of the container user interface object while shifting the first user interface object. In some embodiments, the container user interface object also shifts (e.g., in a different or same direction and/or with the same or different magnitude) as the first user interface object shifts. Moving the first user interface object within another user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that that first user interface object is moving, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, shifting the first user interface object includes shifting (e.g., moving and/or translating) the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 C) from within a container user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A) to outside the container user interface object. Moving the first user interface object from inside to outside another user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that that first user interface object is moving, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, resizing the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 C) includes enlarging the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 C) from the first size (e.g., at  FIG.  11 Q ) to a third size (e.g., at  FIG.  11 S ) that is larger than a size of the container user interface object (e.g., the size of the container user interface when the first user interface object begins to resize). In some embodiments, the size of the container user interface remains static while the first user interface object resizes. In some embodiments, the size of the container user interface changes as the first user interface object resizes. Enlarging the first user interface object to become larger than the user interface object that was containing the first user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that that first user interface object is changing in size, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the second view (e.g.,  1122 B) in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes fading out (e.g., partially or fully) display of the container user interface object (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 S- 11 U ) (e.g., concurrently with shifting and/or resizing the first user interface object). Fading out the containing user interface element provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the second view (e.g.,  1122 B) in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes: shifting (e.g., moving and/or translating) a third user interface object (e.g.,  1126 D) relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first, the second, and/or a fourth user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects and/or resizing (e.g., increasing in size and/or decreasing in size) the third user interface object (e.g.,  1126 D) relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the first, the second, and/or a fourth user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects. Shifting and/or resizing other user interface objects in relation to the first user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the second view (e.g.,  1122 C) in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes fading out (e.g., partially or fully) display of a user interface object (e.g.,  1126 E) (e.g., concurrently with shifting and/or resizing the first user interface object), different from the first user interface object (and, optionally, different from the container user interface object), of the plurality of user interface objects (as in  FIGS.  11 S- 11 U ). Fading out some user interface objects provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second view (e.g.,  1122 B) with the first user interface object, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) receives a request (e.g.,  1150 M) (e.g., via user input) to transition from the second view (e.g.,  1122 B) to a third view (e.g.,  1122 C) (e.g., of the user interface and/or of the first application) that is different from the second view (and, optionally, different from the first view). In some embodiments, the first view and the third view are the same view. In response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1150 M) to transition from the second view to the third view, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) displays, via the display generation component, the third view (e.g.,  1122 C), including: shifting (e.g., moving and/or translating) the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the second user interface object and/or a third user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects (e.g., optionally including the second user interface object) and resizing (e.g., increasing in size and/or decreasing in size) the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects (e.g., the second user interface object and/or a third user interface object) of the plurality of user interface objects (e.g., optionally including the second user interface object) (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 S- 11 U ), wherein after shifting and resizing the first user interface object, the first user interface object includes the first information (and, optionally, the second user interface object includes the second information). In some embodiments, the first user interface object concurrently shifts and resizes (relative to the one or more user interface objects) while transitioning display from the second view to the third view. Shifting and resizing the first user interface element provides the user with visual feedback that the request to transition to the third view was received and that the display is transitioning to the third view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) is configured to communicate with a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., a rotatable crown, a rotatable knob, and/or a rotatable component that rotates with respect to a body of the computer system) and wherein receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes detecting, via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a first rotational input (e.g.,  1150 L). In some embodiments, the movement has a magnitude (e.g., a distance and/or speed) that is based on a magnitude (e.g., amount or speed) of the first rotational input. In some embodiments, the movement is in a direction that is based on a direction of the first rotational input. Transitioning to the second view based on rotational input received at a rotatable input mechanism provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the transition from displaying the first view (e.g.,  1122 A) to displaying the second view (e.g.,  1122 B) gradually progresses as input of the request to transition from the first view to the second view is received (e.g., as in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 S ). In some embodiments, the input requesting to transition from the first view to the second view is a first rotational input of a rotatable input mechanism (e.g., a rotatable crown and/or a rotatable knob) and the transition from displaying the first view to displaying the second view gradually progress as the rotatable input mechanism is rotated (e.g., in a direction (clockwise or counterclockwise)). In some embodiments, as more rotation of the rotatable input mechanism is detected, more transition from displaying the view to displaying the second view occurs. In some embodiments, when the input is reversed (e.g., rotation in a first direction changes to rotation in a second direction that is the opposite of the first direction), the animation of the transition is also reverse (e.g., the transition from displaying the second view to displaying the first view gradually progress as the rotatable input mechanism is rotated in the reversed direction and/or the transition from displaying the first view to displaying the second view is gradually reversed). Gradually transitioning from the first display to the second display as the input (e.g., rotational input received at a rotatable input mechanism) is received provides the user with visual feedback that the input is being received and that the input is transitioning the display to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the application is a time (e.g., time interval) measuring application (e.g., a stopwatch application) (as in  FIGS.  11 Q- 11 U ), the first information is a representation of a first time metric (e.g., elapsed seconds without including elapsed minutes) and the second information is a representation of a second time metric (e.g., elapsed minutes and, optionally, seconds) that is different from the first time metric. Measuring time using different time metrics (e.g., seconds, minutes, and/or hours) and resizing/moving the first user interface object that includes the first time metric provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the application is a weather application (e.g., providing local weather information, a weather map, and/or forecasts for weather) (e.g., that is displayed on display  602 ) and the first information is a representation of a current temperature (e.g., at the current location and/or at a user-selected location). In some embodiments, the second information is a representation of a location corresponding to the current temperature. In some embodiments, the second information is a representation of a weather metric (e.g., high temperature for the day, low temperature for the day, sky conditions (e.g., cloud level and/or sunny), and/or expected precipitation. Resizing and moving the representation of the current temperature provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the application is a compass application (e.g., to show current direction, current location, and/or current elevation) (e.g., that is displayed on display  602 ), the first information is a representation of a first compass element (e.g., a compass dial, one or more cardinal direction indicators, and a bearing indicator (e.g., an indicator that can be positioned relative to the compass dial based on user input to indicate an offset from true north)), and the second information is a representation of a second compass element (e.g., a compass dial, one or more cardinal direction indicators, and a bearing indicator (e.g., an indicator that can be positioned relative to the compass dial based on user input to indicate an offset from true north)) that is different from the first compass element. Displaying compass information and resizing/moving the first user interface object that includes the first compass element provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the application is a health application (e.g., that is displayed on display  602 ) (e.g., a health tracking application, an application that tracks and/or displays active calories burned, minutes of activity completed, and/or number of hours for which hours in which the user has stood and moved for at least a minute), and the first information is a representation of a first health tracking indicator (e.g., an indication of active calories burned). In some embodiments, the first health tracking indicator is larger in the first view as compared to the second view. In some embodiments, activation of the first health tracking indicator in the second view causes display of the first view. In some embodiments, the second information is a representation of a second health tracking indicator (e.g., minutes of activity completed, and/or number of hours for which hours in which the user has stood and moved for at least a minute) that is different from the first health tracking indicator. In some embodiments, the second information is a representation of the number of pages available for viewing (e.g., paging dots) in the health application. In some embodiments, the second information is a representation of one or more users with which health information and/or health goal information is currently shared. Displaying health information and resizing/moving the first user interface object that includes the first health tracking indicator provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, resizing, in response to receiving the request (e.g.,  1150 L) to transition from the first view to the second view, the first user interface object relative to one or more user interface objects including the second user interface object includes decreasing a size of the first user interface object (e.g.,  1126 A) (and, optionally, one or more other object) and (e.g., concurrently) increasing the size of the second user interface object (e.g.,  1126 C) (and, optionally, one or more other objects). In some embodiments, one or multiple user interface objects decrease in size, one or multiple user interface objects increase in size, and (e.g., concurrently) one or multiple user interface elements remain the same size. Reducing the size of one user interface object while increasing the size of another user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view increasing a size of a first element (e.g.,  1126 D) (e.g., digital indication of time (minutes, seconds, and/or milliseconds) and/or an analog indication of time (e.g., minutes)) of a respective user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects and (e.g., concurrently) decreasing a size of a second element (e.g.,  1126 A) (e.g., an analog indication of seconds without indicating minutes), different from the first element, of the respective user interface object. In some embodiments, the respective user interface object is the first user interface object or the second user interface object. Changing the sizes of different parts of the same user interface object provides the user with visual feedback that the request was received and that the display is transitioning to the second view, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the computer system includes a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., a crown and/or a digital crown). Receiving the request (e.g.,  1150 L) to transition from the first view to the second view includes: in accordance with a determination that the request includes rotation of the rotatable input mechanism in a first direction, displaying the second view includes animating a transition from the first view to the second view, wherein the animated transition (e.g., a magnitude, a speed, and/or amount of the animation) from the first view to the second view is based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or amount) of the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism in the first direction. In some embodiments, the animation proceeds in conjunction with detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism and, optionally, the animation stops in conjunction with detecting that the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism has stopped. Advancing through the animation from the first view to the second view based on amount crown rotation provides the user with visual feedback about the amount of crown rotation detected (and/or whether the rotation continues to be detected), thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the second view (e.g.,  11 S), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects a portion of a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism in a second direction that is different from (e.g., opposite of) the first direction. In response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism in the second direction, the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) animates a transition from the second view (e.g.,  11 S) to the first view (e.g.,  11 Q). In some embodiments, the animation of the transition from the second view to the first view is a reversing at least a portion of the animation of the transition from the first view to the second view. In some embodiments, the animated transition (e.g., a magnitude, a speed, and/or amount of the animation) from the second view to the first view is based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or amount) of the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism in the second direction. In some embodiments, the animation proceeds in conjunction with detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism and, optionally, the animation stops in conjunction with detecting that the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism has stopped. Reversing the progress of the animation when the direction of the input changes provides the user with feedback that the detected direction of the input has changed, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, receiving the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes: in accordance with a determination that the request includes a touch gesture (e.g., a finger gesture and/or a swipe input on a touch-sensitive surface in a first touch direction), displaying the second view includes animating a transition from the first view (e.g.,  1122 A) to the second view (e.g.,  1122 B). In some embodiments, the animated transition (e.g., a magnitude, a speed, and/or amount of the animation) from the first view to the second view is not based on a magnitude (e.g., speed and/or amount) of the touch gesture in the first touch direction. In some embodiments, the animation proceeds independent of the progress of the touch gesture (e.g., the animation does not stop in conjunction with detecting that the touch gesture has stopped). In some embodiments, while displaying the second view, the computer system detects a portion of a second touch gesture in a second touch direction that is different from (e.g., opposite of) the first touch direction. In response to detecting the second touch gesture in the second touch direction, the computer system animates a transition from the second view to the first view (e.g., the animation proceeding independent of the progress of the second touch gesture). In some embodiments, after displaying the second view, the computer system receives the request to transition from the first view to the second view includes, in accordance with a determination that the request includes a touch gesture (e.g., a finger gesture and/or a swipe input on a touch-sensitive surface in a second touch direction), displaying the second view includes animating a transition from the second view back to the first view (e.g., by reversing at least a portion of the transition from the first view to the second view). Advancing through the animation from the first view to the second view in response to detecting the touch gesture (and independent of the progress of the touch gesture) provides the user with feedback that the touch gesture has been detected, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1300  (e.g.,  FIG.  13   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below/above. For example, method  1300  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above/below with reference to methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 ,  1000 ,  1200 , and  1500 . For example, the computer system is the same computer system in the various methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 H  illustrate exemplary user interfaces for navigating through data.  FIG.  15    is a flow diagram for a method of navigating through data, in accordance with some embodiments. 
       FIG.  14 A  illustrates computer system  600  (e.g., a smart watch) with display  602  and crown  604 , which is a rotatable input mechanism. Computer system  600  is displaying a first view of a world clock application. In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially starts executing the world clock application (e.g., in response to user input) and/or initially displays the world clock application (e.g., in response to user input), computer system  600  displays first view of the world clock application, as shown in  FIG.  14 A . 
     At  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  displays world map  1402  with one or more indications of locations on the map, such as first location indication  1402 A of Cupertino and second location indication  1402 B of New York City. Computer system  600  also displays curved line  1404  that indicates which portions of world map  1402  are in daytime (e.g., after sunrise and before sunset) and which portions of world map  1402  are in nighttime (e.g., after sunset and before sunrise). At  FIG.  14 A , first location indication  1402 A is bolded, indicating that Cupertino is currently selected. As a result, computer system  600  displays time  1406 , which corresponds to the location of line  1404 , and sunrise/sunset times  1410  for Cupertino. Time change indicator  1408  indicates how much time (e.g., how many minutes and/or how many hours) the current view deviates from the current time. At  FIG.  14 A , computer system  600  detects rotational input  1450 A at crown  604 . 
     At  FIG.  14 B , in response to detecting rotational input  1450 A, computer system  600  advances through various times to an updated time that is shown as time  1406  (e.g., to 12:09) and advances line  1404  (e.g., by moving and/or reshaping line  1404 ) to show which portions of world map  1402  are in daytime (e.g., after sunrise and before sunset) and which portions of world map  1402  are in nighttime (e.g., after sunset and before sunrise) at the updated time. Time change indicator  1408  also advances to indicate how much time (e.g., how many minutes and/or how many hours) the current view deviates from the current time. Additional rotational inputs cause the time to move forward (e.g., when rotation is in a first direction) and move backward (e.g., when rotation is in a second direction, different from the first direction). Throughout  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B , computer system  600  maintains a consistent view (e.g., the same first view) of the world clock application, including (for example) maintaining the location of  1406 ,  1408 , and  1410 . 
     At  FIG.  14 B , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450 B on selectable option  1412 . In response to detecting tap input  1450 B on selectable option  1412 , computer system  600  displays city selection interface  1420 , which includes first option  1420 A that corresponds to Cupertino and second option  1420 B that corresponds to New York City. At  FIG.  14 C , computer system  600  detects tap input  1450 C on second option  1420 B that corresponds to New York City. In response to detecting tap input  1450 C, computer system  600  displays world map  1402 , as shown in  FIG.  14 D . 
     At  FIG.  14 D , map  1402  includes one or more indications of locations on the map, such as first location indication  1402 A of Cupertino and second location indication  1402 B of New York City. Computer system  600  also displays curved line  1404  that indicates which portions of world map  1402  are in daytime (e.g., after sunrise and before sunset) and which portions of world map  1402  are in nighttime (e.g., after sunset and before sunrise) for the selected time. At  FIG.  14 D , first location indication  1402 A is not bolded, indicating that Cupertino is no longer selected, and second location indication  1402 B is bolded, indicating that New York City is selected. As a result, at  FIG.  14 D , computer system  600  displays time  1406  (based on New York City), which corresponds to the location of line  1404 , and sunrise/sunset times  1410  for New York City. Time change indicator  1408  indicates how much time (e.g., how many minutes and/or how many hours) the current view deviates from the current time (e.g., no deviation ( 0  HRS) at  FIG.  14 D . At  FIG.  14 D , computer system  600  detects rotational input  1450 D at crown  604 . 
     At  FIG.  14 E , in response to detecting rotational input  1450 D, computer system  600  advances through various times to an updated time that is shown as time  1406  (e.g., to 7:09) and advances line  1404  (e.g., by moving and/or reshaping line  1404 ) to show which portions of world map  1402  are in daytime (e.g., after sunrise and before sunset) and which portions of world map  1402  are in nighttime (e.g., after sunset and before sunrise) at the updated time. Time change indicator  1408  also advances to indicate how much time (e.g., how many minutes and/or how many hours) the current view deviates from the current time. Additional rotational inputs cause the time to move forward (e.g., when rotation is in a first direction) and move backward (e.g., when rotation is in a second direction, different from the first direction). Throughout  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E , computer system  600  maintains a consistent view of the world clock application, including (for example) maintaining the location of  1406 ,  1408 , and  1410 . 
     At  FIG.  14 F , computer system  600  is displaying a view of a performance application (e.g., performance of a stock and/or number of website visitors). In some embodiments, when computer system  600  initially starts executing the performance application (e.g., in response to user input) and/or initially displays the performance application (e.g., in response to user input), computer system  600  displays the view of the performance application, as shown in  FIG.  14 F . At  FIG.  14 F , user interface  1430  includes graph  1432  displayed with a first time scale. In some embodiments, graph  1432  illustrates performance of a company indicated by  1430 A (or of a stock of the company) for various times. The performance for a particular time is identified by performance indictor  1430 B for time  1430 C. Selector  1434  indicates the time (e.g., via horizontal position) and the performance (e.g., via vertical position) for the selected time (e.g., time  1430 C). Change indicator  1430 D indicates an amount of change (e.g., an absolute amount, such as 2.29, and/or a relative amount, such as 8.75%) as compared to a different time (e.g., performance at the end of the previous day). 
     At  FIG.  14 F , computer system  600  detects rotational input  1450 E at crown  604 . At  FIG.  14 G , in response to detecting rotational input  1450 E, computer system  600  advances through various times to an updated time that is shown as time  1430 C (e.g., to 1:30 pm) and updates performance indicator  1430 B to reflect performance at the updated time (e.g., 1:30 pm) and updates change indicator  1430 D to reflect an amount of change at the updated time (e.g., 1:30 pm). As the time advances based on rotational input  1450 E, selector  1434  moves along graph  1432  to indicate the updated time and the performance at the updated time. Throughout  FIGS.  14 F- 14 G , computer system  600  maintains a consistent view of the performance application, including (for example) maintaining the locations of elements  1430 A,  1430 B,  1430 C, and  1430 D. 
     At  FIG.  14 G , computer system  600  detects rotational input  1450 F at crown  604 . At  FIG.  14 H , in response to detecting rotational input  1450 E, computer system  600  advances through various times to an updated time that is shown as time  1430 C (e.g., to 10:40 am) and updates performance indicator  1430 B to reflect performance at the updated time (e.g., 10:40 am) and updates change indicator  1430 D to reflect an amount of change at the updated time (e.g., 10:40 am). As the time advances based on rotational input  1450 F, selector  1434  moves along graph  1432  to indicate the updated time and the performance at the updated time. As selector  1434  approaches an edge (e.g., the left edge) of graph  1432 , computer system  600  changes the scale of graph  1432  (e.g., from the first scale to a different scale, from a first time scale to a second time scale) to show more data corresponding to additional times in graph  1432 , as shown in  FIG.  14 H . At  FIG.  14 E , when computer system  600  detects rotational input (e.g., counterclockwise) to transition back to later times (e.g., to 2:00 pm), computer system  600  again changes the scale of graph  1432 , thereby displaying additional detail for the portions of the graph that are illustrated (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  14 G ). The rotational input (e.g., counterclockwise) also causes the location of selector  1434  to be updated along graph  1432 , and computer system  600  advances through the various times and their respective performance and change values as the rotational input is received. In some embodiments, throughout  FIGS.  14 F- 14 H , computer system  600  maintains a consistent view of the performance application, including (for example) maintaining the locations of elements  1430 A,  1430 B,  1430 C, and  1430 D. 
       FIG.  15    is a flow diagram of a method for navigating through data, in accordance with some embodiments. Method  1500  is performed at a computer system (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500  and/or  600 ) (e.g., a smart phone, a smart watch, a laptop, a desktop computer, TV, and/or a tablet) that is in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  602 ) (e.g., a display controller, a touch-sensitive display system, and/or a display (e.g., integrated and/or connected)) and a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ) (e.g., a rotatable crown and/or a rotatable knob). Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally, combined, the orders of some operations are, optionally, changed, and some operations are, optionally, omitted. 
     As described below, method  1500  provides an intuitive way for navigating through data. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for navigating through data, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to navigate through data faster and more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     While displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), a respective user interface (e.g., as in  FIG.  14 A and/or  14 F ), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) detects (e.g.,  1502 ), via the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  604 ), a first rotational input (e.g.,  1450 A and/or  1450 E). 
     In response ( 1504 ) to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1450 A) and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a first application (e.g., a world clock application), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) performs ( 1506 ) a first operation (e.g., that displays information corresponding to a displayed user interface object of the user interface of the first application) that advances through a first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the first rotational input (as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B and  14 C- 14 D ), while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the first application (e.g., without scrolling and/or without zooming the user interface of the first application) (e.g., displaying time information for a different location or different locations, such as regions or cities). 
     In response ( 1504 ) to detecting the first rotational input (e.g.,  1450 A) and in accordance with a determination that the respective user interface is a user interface of a second application (e.g., a stock market application), the computer system (e.g.,  600 ) performs ( 1508 ) a second operation (e.g., that displays information corresponding to a displayed user interface object of the user interface of the second application), different from the first operation, that advances through a second set of data, that is different from the first set of data based on a direction and/or magnitude (e.g., speed and/or distance) of the first rotational input (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 F- 14 H ), while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the second application (e.g., without scrolling and/or without zooming the user interface of the second application) (e.g., displaying stock information (e.g., price and/or volume) for a different time/day or for different times/days). Performing operations that advance through various sets of data based on a direction and/or magnitude of rotational input while maintaining a consistent view of the respective user interface enables the computer system to provide the user with feedback about the data, thereby providing improved visual feedback. Maintaining the consistent views of respective user interfaces enables the computer system to provide a stable interface that provides the user with desired information, making it easier to access the information and improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, performing the first operation that advances through the first set of data based includes: in accordance with a first section (e.g., first city and/or first time zone) (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B ) of the first application being active, performing the first operation for the first section of the first application (e.g., for a first city selected from a plurality of cities and/or for a first time zone selected from a plurality of time zones) without performing the first operation for a second section of the first application; and in accordance with the second section (e.g., second city and/or second time zone) (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E ) of the first application being active, performing the first operation for the second section of the first application (e.g., for a second city selected from a plurality of cities and/or for a second time zone selected from a plurality of time zones) without performing the first operation for the first section. Performing the same operations for different sections of an application while maintaining a consistent view of the user interface of the application enables the computer system to provide the user with feedback about the data for that section of the application, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the first operation changes a first displayed information (e.g.,  1406  and/or  1430 C) (e.g., a complication that displays information from a first application) to correspond to an updated time (and, optionally, changes additional displayed information (e.g., a complication that displays information from another application) to correspond to the first updated time). In some embodiments, the first operation also changes a respective displayed time (e.g., to be a future time or a time in the past) to the updated time. In some embodiments, the second operation changes a second respective displayed time (e.g., to be a future time or a time in the past) to a second updated time and changes a second displayed information (e.g., a complication that displays information from a different application) to correspond to the second updated time (and, optionally, changes different displayed information (e.g., a complication that displays information from a different application) to correspond to the second updated time). Displaying information that corresponds to a time set based on the input enables users to quickly access information corresponding to different times by changing the respective displayed time and corresponding information, thereby reducing the number of inputs required to access the information and providing the user with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface of the first application is a watch face user interface (e.g., displayed on display  602 ) (e.g., that indicates a current time and optionally includes one or more complications corresponding to one or more respective applications) and the first operation comprises displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  602 ), one or more widgets (e.g., in a stack of widgets and/or a platter) that include data received from one or more live session applications (e.g., applications that are configured to provide/display real-time or near real-time information, such as a timer, alarm, scores, directions, and/or stocks). In some embodiments, the first operation comprises ceasing to display the one or more widgets that include data received from one or more live session applications. Displaying widgets that include data received from live session applications provides the user with visual feedback about the state of the live session applications, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments the first operation advances through one or more (e.g., one, two, or three) pages of the first application (e.g., without scrolling the one or more pages and/or by flipping through the pages) (e.g., as described in relation to  FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  and/or  FIG.  12   ). In some embodiments, the second operation advances through one or more pages of the second application (e.g., with or without scrolling the one or more pages). Advancing through one or more pages of the first application enables the computer system to progress through the pages as the user provides the user input, thereby allowing the user to quickly access the page the user desires while reducing the number of required inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the second operation advances through at least a portion of one or more pages of the second application by scrolling through at least the portion of the one or more pages (e.g., as described in relation to  FIGS.  11 A- 11 V  and/or  FIG.  12   ). In some embodiments, the first operation advances through at least a portion of the one or more pages of the first application by scrolling. Advancing through a portion of one or more pages of the second application by scrolling through the portions enables the computer system to progress through portions of the pages as the user provides the user input, thereby allowing the user to quickly access the desired portion of the page the user desires while reducing the number of required inputs. 
     In some embodiments, the first operation that advances through the first set of data (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B and/or  14 F- 14 H ) advances based on simulated inertial behavior (e.g., is based on physics models and/or inertia models) and/or the second operation that advances through the second set of data advances based on simulated inertial behavior (e.g., is based on physics models and/or inertia models). In some embodiments, the operation that advances through the set of data exhibits inertial scrolling behavior and/or kinetic scrolling behavior, whereby advancing continues to move after the computer system has stopped receiving the input that initiated the advancing. In some embodiments, instead of abruptly stopping, the speed of advancing slows down until the advancing completely stops. In some embodiments, the operation that advances through the set of data exhibits momentum, thereby continuing to advance through the set of data after the computer system ceases to detect the first rotational input. In some embodiments, the computer system applies dampening, a force of friction, and/or resistance to the operation that advances through the set of data, thereby causing the advancement through the set of data to gradually slow down after the computer system ceases to detect the first rotational input. Advancing through data using inertial behavior enables the computer system to continue a scrolling operation and/or an operation that changes the focus of a respective user interface after the computer system has ceased detecting the user input that initiated the scrolling operation and/or change in focus, thereby allowing the computer system to display additional content with reduced input. 
     In some embodiments, advancing through the first set of data includes visually snapping to first data (e.g., a first object, a first image, and/or a top of a page) of the first set of data (and, optionally, subsequently snapping to additional displayed data). In some embodiments, advancing through the second set of data includes visually snapping to second data (e.g., a second object, a second image, and/or a top of a page) of the second set of data (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B and/or  14 F- 14 H ). In some embodiments, snapping behavior is a spring-like behavior whose initial motion is damped over time so that the object settles at a specific point. In some embodiments, as a user interface element approaches a snap location (e.g., comes to within a threshold distance of the snap location), the computer system moves (e.g., accelerates or maintains speed of) the user interface element to the snap location (and optionally stops the user interface element at the snap location), regardless of whether the user interface element&#39;s inertia would have otherwise caused the user interface element to reach and/or stop at the snap location. In some embodiments, as the computer system receives user input to move a user interface element away from a snap location (e.g., when the user interface element is within a threshold distance of the snap location), the computer system applies resistance and/or dampening to the movement and/or reverts the user interface element to the snap location (e.g., except when a threshold magnitude, such as a speed and/or velocity of input is exceeded) (e.g., whether or not the user interface element previously snapped to that snap location). In some embodiments, a snap location that is not within a threshold distance of the user interface element does not affect the motion and/or movement of the user interface element. In some embodiments, a user interface element does not snap to a snap location (e.g., even when the user interface element is within the threshold distance of the snap location) when a motion characteristic (e.g., a speed and/or acceleration) of the user interface element and/or the user input that initiates movement of the user interface element meets first criteria (e.g., exceeds a threshold speed and/or value). In some embodiments, when the first criteria are met, the movement of the user interface element is not affected (e.g., resisted and/or accelerated) based on the snap location, even as the user interface element moves past the snap location. Visually snapping to displayed data provides the user with visual feedback about which data is currently in focus and enables the computer system to focus on relevant data using imprecise user input, thereby providing improved feedback, reducing the number of required inputs, and improving the accuracy of user inputs. 
     In some embodiments, advancing through the first set of data includes: in accordance with the first rotational input (e.g.,  1450 A) having a first speed of rotation (e.g., a speed of rotation below a threshold speed or a speed of rotation above the threshold speed), advancing through the first set of data includes displaying first data (e.g., a first object, a first image, and/or a top of a page) of the first set of data including visually snapping to the first data (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B ) and in accordance with the first rotational input (e.g.,  1450 A) having a second speed of rotation (e.g., a speed of rotation above the threshold speed or a speed of rotation below the threshold speed), advancing through the first set of data includes displaying first data (e.g., a first object, a first image, and/or a top of a page) of the first set of data without visually snapping to the first data (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B ). When the computer system does not apply snapping behavior to a user interface element (such as based on a location or a snap location), the computer system does not apply acceleration, deceleration, damping, and/or resistance to movement of the user interface element based on the location (and/or based on proximity to the location) (e.g., even as the user interface element is within a threshold distance of the location and/or as the user interface element passes through the location). Snapping to data for some speeds of rotational input received and not snapping to data for other speeds of rotational input received allows for quickly snap to different data to enable fast navigation while also allowing for incremental navigation to enable high precision navigation, thereby improving the man-machine interface. 
     In some embodiments, the first application (or the second application) is a clock application (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 E ) and performing the first operation (or the second operation) includes advancing through various respective times (e.g., hours and/or minutes) to graphically indicate (e.g., via  1404 ) (e.g., by moving a (curved or straight) line in relation to a map) whether it is daytime or nighttime in a city (e.g., a user-selected city or an automatically selected city) at a respective time (e.g.,  1406 ) (e.g., a time at a current location of the computer system, where the current location of the computer system is different from a location of the city). Advancing through various times to see whether a city is in daytime or nighttime enables the computer system to provide the user with improved visual feedback. 
     In some embodiments, the second application (or the first application) is an application for monitoring a parameter (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 F- 14 H ) (e.g., a parameter corresponding to health data, available computer memory, equities, stocks, products, and/or services prices) and performing the second operation (or the first operation) includes advancing through various respective times (e.g., hours, days, or weeks) to graphically indicate (e.g., by moving an indicator along a (curved or straight) line) a value (e.g., via  1434 ) of the parameter (e.g., of health data, available computer memory, an equity, stock, product, and/or service) at different corresponding times (e.g.,  1430 C). In some embodiments, the parameter is a health parameter, such as an amount of exercise performed per day, calories burned per day, or heart rate over time. In some embodiments, the computer system uses a sensor to capture the parameter and stores the information for subsequent review. In some embodiments, the parameter is amount of available computer memory. In some embodiments, the computer system monitors available memory and makes the information available to the user to better understand the computer&#39;s usage of the resource. Advancing through various times to see the values of the parameters at those times enables the computer system to provide the user with improved visual feedback about historical information. 
     In some embodiments, the first operation and/or the second operation includes changing a time scale (e.g., as in  FIGS.  14 G- 14 H ) (e.g., changing an X-axis of a graph from one inch representing one hour to one inch representing 12 hours and/or changing a scale such that the width of the screen (or window) displays graphed information for a first duration (e.g., a 6-hour period) to the width of the screen (or same-sized window) displays graphed information for a second duration that is different from the first duration (e.g., a 12-hour period). In some embodiments, the operation changes a time scale of various respective times for displaying information relating to values of a parameter (e.g., of health data, available computer memory, an equity, stock, product, and/or service) at different corresponding times. For example, a user can navigate among different heart rates detected throughout the current day without the computer system changing a time scale of the information, but as the indicator controlled by the user approaches (e.g., comes within the adjacent 3, 5, or 6 hours) the boundary of the day, the time scale of the graph showing the heart rates changes to reduce the space used to display the information for the current day and reveals additional information for the adjacent day. In some embodiments, the second operation changes a time scale of various respective times that correspond to prices (e.g., of an equity, stock, product, and/or service). In some embodiments, the first operation and/or second operation includes increasing the range of time (that correspond to prices) displayed. Changing a time scale of displayed information enables the computer system to provide the user with information about a longer duration of time and/or more details about a shorter duration of time, thereby providing improved visual feedback. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  1500  (e.g.,  FIG.  15   ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below/above. For example, method  1500  optionally includes one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above/below with reference to methods  700 ,  800 ,  900 ,  1000 ,  1200 , and  1300 . For example, the computer system is the same computer system in the various methods. For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims. 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve the delivery to users of targeted content or any other content that may be of interest to them. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, social network IDs, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other identifying or personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. For instance, health and fitness data may be used to provide insights into a user&#39;s general wellness, or may be used as positive feedback to individuals using technology to pursue wellness goals. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. Such policies should be easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection/sharing should occur after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. Hence different privacy practices should be maintained for different personal data types in each country. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of displaying and/or managing widgets, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of displaying widgets that include personal information. In another example, users can select to withhold certain personal information for display in the widget(s). In yet another example, users can select to limit the length of time a widget with personal information is displayed. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon downloading an app that their personal information data will be accessed and then reminded again just before personal information data is accessed by the app. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing specific identifiers (e.g., date of birth, etc.), controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data a city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, widgets can be displayed to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the applications installed/available on the computer system, or publicly available information.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20230926
Publication Date: 20240813
Grant Date: 20240813
Priority Date: 20230430
Inventors: CHAO, EDWARD
APODACA, GREGORY M.
BUTCHER, GARY I.
CARRIGAN, TAYLOR G.
CHEN, KEVIN W.
FOSS, CHRISTOPHER P.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "G06F3/0483", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04845", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0487", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0488", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/02", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0487", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/02", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0487", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0485", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04847", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/02", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0362", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 92217473